Skip to main content

Full text of "Atomic bombing; how to protect yourself"

See other formats


HOW  TO 
PROTECT 
YOURSELF 


*»  '- 

Preoored  by  Science  Service,  Inc. 


I      /  '  '          x 

This  Momentous  Volume  Alms  to  Save  Lives;      )  >  y 
Perhaps  Your  Own  or  Your  Entire  Family! 

ATOMIC  BOMBING  - 

HOW  TO  PROTECT  YOURSELF 

WRITTEN  BY  SCIENCE  SERVICE,  Inc. 
1 92  "What-to-do"  Pages    1 09  Pictures 

"D  Y  the  grace  of  Providence,  we  Amer- 
icans  may  never  be  subjected  to  a 
sneak  attack  of  atom  bombs  dropped 
without  warning  on  key  points  all  over 
the  nation.  But  what  priceless  comfort 
to  possess  all  this  wonderful  guidance 
in  case  the  worst  should  happen.  Just 
think  of  the  precious  lives  it  may  help 
you  save! 

Here,  right  at  your  fingertips,  are  scores 
of  scientifically  accurate  precautions  and 
Government  recommended  procedures. 
Step-by-step  picturized  instructions  on 
how  to  protect  yourself  and  your  loved 
ones  —  how  to  administer  life-saving 
first  aid  —  what  to  do  before,  during 
and  after  an  attack! 

Here's  a  Mere  Glimpse  of  the  Hundreds  of 
Vital  Questions  this  Volume  Answers  .  .  . 

•  If  you  are  within  1,000  yards  of  the  blast, 
what  should  you  do  immediately  to  mini- 
mize your  danger? 

•  What  types  of  clothing  help  protect  your 
body  against  slow-killing   ionizing   rays? 

•  Where   are   the   safest   places  to   hide   at 
home  and  away? 

•  How     can     you     protect     yourself     from 
"prompt"  and  "lingering"  radioactivity? 

•  How  to   protect  yourself  from   burns  and 
blindness. 

•  How  can  you  decontaminate  your  family, 
pets,    food    and    home    of    radioactivity? 

•  Plus  hundreds  of  other  life-saving  safety 
measures  and  "what-to-do"  information! 

This  book  incorporates  protective  meas- 
ures which  were  tried  at  Bikini  and  Eni- 
wetok  where  more  than  40,000  took  part 
in  atomic  bomb  tests. 

This  priceless  book  is  urgent  "must" 
reading  for  every  man,  woman  and  child! 
This  may  be  the  chance  of  your  lifetime 
to  SAVE  your  life  and  those  of  your 
loved  ones! 


Look  for  the      P\^       WISE  books  are 
WISE  old  bird !          V^k,w      trademarked 


WM    H    WISE  &  CO..  INC  .  NEW  YORK 


From  the  collection  of  the 


_, 

Prelinger 

•      a 

v    JJibrary 


San  Francisco,  California 
2006 


ATOMIC   BOMBING 

HOW  TO  PROTECT  YOURSELF 


by 
SCIENCE  SERVICE 


Watson  Davis 

Jane  Stafford 

Marjorie  Van  de  Water 

Sam  Matthews 
Wadsworth  Likely 


New  York 

Wm.  H.  Wise  &  Co.,  Inc. 
1950 


Copyright  1950 
Wm.  H.  Wise  &  Co.,  Inc. 

10501 


PRINTED  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA 


FOREWORD 

In  American  democracy  one  of  the  fundamental  principles 
is  that  the  people  shall  know  what  is  happening  and  what  is 
likely  to  happen.  Freedom  of  information — the  right  to  know 
— is  implicit  in  the  American  system.  It  is  for  that  reason  that 
our  government  and  the  public  officials  and  scientists  involved, 
are  backed  by  public  opinion  when  it  reveals  all  that  it  can 
about  atomic  energy  that  can  be  told  without  giving  aid  and 
comfort  to  a  potential  enemy. 

This  right  and  duty  to  publish  what  the  people  wish  to 
know  and  should  know  motivates  this  book,  as  it  does  the 
whole  civilian  defense  program  of  our  nation  confronted  by 
atomic  danger  from  without. 

The  facts  within  this  book  and  the  conclusions  reached,  not 
always  pleasant  and  reassuring,  will  serve  to  alert  and  safe- 
guard not  alone  the  ordinary  citizen,  but  many  members  of 
the  great  body  of  public  officials,  ranging  from  those  in  villages 
to  the  Federal  Government  itself. 

The  information  conveyed  in  this  book  is  of  necessity  a  part 
of  the  American  scene  today.  Those  of  us  who  have  to  confront 
the  dangers  of  atomic  attack  should  rejoice  that  we  at  least, 
unlike  those  behind  the  Iron  Curtain,  have  some  immunizing 
appreciation  of  these  dangers.  When  danger  is  known,  some- 
thing can  be  done  about  it.  Ignorance  is  a  breeder  of  false 
security.  We  are  convinced  here  in  America  that  the  right  to 
know  is  as  precious  as  our  strength  to  resist  the  forces  in  the 
world  which  would  like  to  enslave  us  in  ignorance. 

WATSON  DAVIS 
Director,  Science  Service 


CONTENTS 


Introduction:  LIFE  WILL  GO  ON  1 

1.  WHAT  AN  A-BOMB  WILL  DO  4 

Atomic  Forces — Destruction  from  the  Bomb — Under- 
water or  Underground  Explosion — Effect  of  Air  Burst — 
Radiation  Sickness — After-Effects  of  Bombing 

2.  WHAT  YOU  CAN  DO  IN  CIVIL  DEFENSE  23 

Civil  Defense — Volunteer  Jobs  in  Civil  Defense — The 
Warden's  Job — Rescue  Workers — Caring  for  the  Home- 
less— Fire  and  Police  Aid — Defense  within  the  Home 

3.  ORGANIZING  AGAINST  A-BOMB  ATTACK        37 

National  Civil  Defense — The  National  Director — The 
Community  Director 

4.  KEEPING  A-BOMBS  AWAY  FROM  AMERICA     50 

New  Weapons — Information  Centers 

5.  KINDS  OF  A-BOMB  RADIATION  59 

What  Is  Radiation?  —  Initial  Radiation  —  Residual 
Radiation 

6.  THE  DANGER  OF  RADIOACTIVE  POISONING  68 

What  is  RW? — Radioactivity  from  the  Superbomb — The 
Use  of  Radioactive  Isotopes 

7.  HOW  TO  DETECT  RADIATION  74 

Photographic  Film — Wilson  Cloud  Chamber — lonization 
Chambers  —  Electroscope  —  Proportional  Counters  — 
Geiger-Muller  Counter — Scintillation  Counters — Atomic 
Detectors  for  You 

8.  DECONTAMINATION  83 

Methods  of  Decontamination — Reducing  Contamination 
at  Home — Decontamination  of  Large  Areas — Contam- 
ination of  Food  and  Water 

9.  PREVENTING  PANIC  95 

How  to  Control  Fear — Keeping  the  Public  Informed — 
Preparation  for  a  Crisis 


vi  CONTENTS 

10.  PROTECTION  IS  POSSIBLE  103 

Simple  Shelters — The  Central  Control  Station — How  to 
Make  Your  Home  Safer — New  Buildings 

11.  MEDICAL  FIRST  AID  1 14 

The  Geography  of  First  Aid — First  Aid  Treatment — 
Radiation  Sickness — Serious  Bleeding — Tourniquets 

12.  THE  TREATMENT  OF  BURNS  127 

Moderate  Treatment — Pressure  Treatment  of  Burns — 
Preventing  Pain — Blood  Transfusions — First  Aid  for 
Burns 

13.  THE  TREATMENT  OF  SHOCK  140 

Symptoms — First  Aid  for  Shock 

14.  HOW  TO  FIGHT  FIRE  143 

Fire  Prevention — The  Fire  Department — Volunteer  Auxil- 
iary Firemen — Making  a  City  Fireproof 

15.  PREVENTING  SABOTAGE  AND  LOOTING       153 

Role  of  the  Citizen — Sabotage 

16.  THE  HISTORY  OF  ATOMIC  ENERGY  159 

History  of  Atomic  Energy — Fission  of  Uranium — Sepa- 
rating the  Kinds  of  Uranium — The  Hydrogen  Bomb 

17.  PEACEFUL  USES  OF  ATOMIC  ENERGY  170 

Difficulties  of  Use — Use  of  Radioactive  Isotopes 

18.  THE  HYDROGEN  BOMB— CAN  IT  BE  MADE?  175 

Kinds  of  Hydrogen — The  Theory  of  the  Superbomb 

19.  CAN  A-BOMBING  BE  PREVENTED?  180 
PLANS  FOR  A  SIMPLE  SHELTER                         183 
INDEX  185 


/nfroc/ucf/on 
LIFE  WILL  GO  ON 

Millions  upon  millions  of  the  world's  population  today  are 
fearful  of  A-bomb  attack.  Hanging  over  our  heads  is  the  atomic 
sword  of  Damocles. 

There  are  some  things  that  we  can  do  about  this  danger. 
That  is  the  reason  for  this  book.  It  tells  the  facts  about  the  sit- 


Millions  upon  millions  of  the  world's  population  today  are  fearful 
of  A-bomb  attack — 

1 


2  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

uation.  Knowing  the  facts,  all  of  us  can  face  them  more  effec- 
tively. Unknown  dangers  are  greatest. 

Most  important  is  a  conviction  that  each  of  us  must  keep 
before  him:  Come  what  may,  the  world  will  continue  in  its 
orbit,  peopled  by  human  beings  who  will  carry  on  the  civiliza- 
tion so  painfully  evolved  through  the  ages. 

Great  disasters  have  come  to  the  earth  from  time  to  time. 
There  was  the  Black  Death  of  the  Middle  Ages,  when  bubonic 
plague  was  relatively  more  devastating  than  the  bomb  on  Hiro- 
shima. Each  day  a  certain  number  of  us  are  killed  in  automo- 
bile accidents,  railroad  and  airplane  wrecks,  drown  in  the  rivers 
and  the  seas.  Some  die  lingeringly  of  cancer,  others  are 
murdered  in  conflicts  among  individuals.  Never  in  recent  his- 
tory has  there  been  a  day  on  which  war,  big  or  little,  wide- 
spread or  localized,  has  not  taken  its  toll.  Some  in  China, 
India,  and  elsewhere  are  this  minute  dying  of  starvation,  lit- 
erally dying  of  not  having  enough  food.  Some  of  us  in  America 
are  eating  ourselves  into  an  early  grave. 

Each  generation  is  born,  lives  and  dies.  The  A-bomb,  if  it 
comes,  like  any  disaster,  will  prune  human  lives.  Finally  each 
of  us  must  die.  It  is  a  question  of  timing. 

Perhaps  this  book  will  save  your  life.  Perhaps  the  world  will 
work  its  way  out  of  its  present  dangerous  muddle  without  the 
use  of  A-bombs. 

Poison  gas  was  used  in  the  First  World  War.  It  was  not  ac- 
tually used  in  World  War  II  because  of  a  stalemate  on  gas,  with 
both  sides  ready  to  use  this  form  of  warfare  but  both  sides  not 
willing  to  take  the  initiative.  This  may  have  been  because  of 
the  fear  of  retaliation. 

For  a  similar  reason  the  dreadful  use  of  A-bombs  may  be 
delayed  or  indefinitely  postponed. 


INTRODUCTION 


//  we  con  try  fo  control  human  behavior  through  the  United  Nations, 
the  falling  of  A-bombs  may  be  prevented — 

A-bombs  are  merely  one  of  the  new  potential  tools  of  war- 
fare that  threaten  our  future.  There  are  biological  weapons, 
germ  or  bacterial  warfare.  There  are  newer  kinds  of  poisons, 
such  as  "nerve"  gases  and  the  radiological  weapons  or  "death 
dusts"  that  are  A-bomb  by-products.  But  A-bombs  are  prob- 


4  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

ably  the  most  powerful  weapon  of  any  world  conflict  to  come. 

It  is  far  easier  to  talk  about  such  weapons  as  the  A-bomb 
than  it  is  to  discuss,  realistically,  measures  that  might  keep  the 
world  at  peace  and  save  us  from  the  horrors  of  atomic  war. 

After  a  war  must  come  peace.  If  we  could  break  this  chain 
in  the  future,  the  very  real  conflicts  between  communism  and 
democracy  might  be  resolved  without  the  waste  of  devastating 
war.  There  would  need  to  be  realization  on  both  sides  that, 
short  of  unthinkable  annihilation  of  all  who  differ  with  each 
other,  the  opponents  must  reconcile  their  conflicts. 

This  is  the  catch  in  the  situation:  We  can  control  atoms  so 
much  more  effectively  than  men's  minds  and  emotions,  partic- 
ularly human  behavior  behind  the  iron  curtain. 

If  we  can  try  to  control  human  behavior,  through  the  United 
Nations,  through  as  cool  a  war  of  ideas  and  words  as  possible, 
through  mobilization  of  world  opinion,  as  well  as  marshalling 
of  our  military  strength,  the  falling  of  A-bombs  may  be 
prevented. 

If  A-bombs  fall,  it  will  be  another  failure  in  our  civilization 
— but  most  of  us  will  live  on  even  through  such  a  disaster. 

This  book  is  designed  to  increase  your  chances  of  living. 

1.     WHAT  AN  A-BOMB  WILL  DO 

Out  of  the  sun  a  black,  cigar-shaped  object  falls  toward  the 
earth.  At  the  edge  of  town  a  filling  station  attendant  sees  it 
cross  the  slice  of  sky  between  the  car  above  him  and  the  edge 
of  his  grease  pit.  The  center  fielder  of  the  visiting  baseball 
team  sees  the  moving  spot,  then  looks  back  toward  the  batter, 
impatient  for  the  third  out.  A  woman  in  the  park  hears  a 
strange,  thin  whistle  and  looks  up,  shading  her  eyes. 


WHAT  AN  A-BOMB  WILL  DO  5 

At  a  point  2000  feet  above  the  ground,  the  first  atomic 
rocket  of  World  War  III  explodes  over  your  city.  In  one  vast 
flash  of  light,  equal  to  100  suns,  the  buildings  are  etched 


At  a  point  2000  feet  above  the  ground,  the  first  atomic  rocket  of 
World  War  III  explodes  over  your  city — 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


L/g/if  buildings  and  homes  ore  totally  demolished  by  the  blast — 

against  a  sky  of  fire.  A  blinding  ball  of  flame  leaps  from  the 
point  where  the  rocket  exploded. 

There,  in  a  millionth  of  a  second,  a  lump  of  plutonium  or 
uranium,  perhaps  the  size  of  a  basketball,  disappears.  As  it 
vanishes,  the  temperature  at  that  point  jumps  to  1,000,000 
degrees  Centigrade.  The  air  around  it  is  pushed  outward  by 
a  pressure  hundreds  of  thousands  times  that  of  the  normal 
pressure  of  the  atmosphere. 

A  thousandth  of  a  second  later,  the  ball  of  fire  is  45  feet 
across.  Its  temperature  has  dropped  to  300,000  degrees. 

After  a  full  second,  there  is  a  globe  of  flaming  air  450  feet 
wide,  the  size  of  a  city  block. 

The  shadows  cast  by  this  ball  of  fire  are  etched  permanently 
into  concrete  sidewalks  and  granite  buildings.  Directly  beneath 
the  burst,  in  the  split  second  before  the  blast  wave  arrives, 
pedestrians  simply  vanish  into  smoke  and  ash.  This  is  the 
point  which  atomic  scientists  call  "ground  zero."  Here  the  side- 
walk temperature  is  between  3,000  and  4,000  degrees. 


WHAT  AN  A-BOMB  WILL  DO  7 

With  the  sheer  flash  heat  comes  another  form  of  radiating 
energy,  the  only  one  which  a  conventional  high-explosives 
bomb  cannot  match  on  its  smaller  scale:  Nuclear  radiation, 
X-rays  of  the  A-bomb,  invisible  yet  striking  through  concrete 
and  steel  to  destroy  the  single  human  cells  in  bone  marrow, 
blood  and  living  tissues. 

Then  the  blast  hits.  A  moving  wall  of  shock  crushes  the  city 
under  a  giant  hand,  wrenches  it  from  its  foundations,  levels 
a  mile-wide  area  into  rubble.  Small  masonry  buildings  are 
engulfed  by  a  pressure  wave  and  collapse  completely.  Light 
buildings  and  homes  are  totally  demolished  by  the  blast.  Fac- 
tories of  steel  are  stripped  of  roofing  and  siding.  Only  twisted 
skeletons  remain,  leaning  away  from  ground  zero  as  though 
struck  by  a  hurricane  of  stupendous  proportions. 

When  the  shock  and  blinding  heat  have  gone,  fire  springs  up 
in  the  wreckage.  And  billowing  out  in  great  clouds  of  dust, 
falling  back  to  earth  from  the  towering  mushroom  of  smoke, 
there  is  the  hidden  terror  which  scientists  call  residual  radio- 
activity. 

What  are  these  massive  forces  which  an  atomic  explosion 
turns  loose?  How  will  they  affect  you? 

ATOMIC  FORCES 

When  energy  is  released  suddenly  by  any  sort  of  bomb,  the 
rise  in  temperature  of  the  exploding  material  causes  complete 
vaporization  of  the  bomb,  casing  and  all.  Solid  matter  suddenly 
turns  to  gas. 

This  gas  is  in  a  restricted  space,  pushing  outward  with 
huge  pressure  on  the  air  around  it.  So  great  is  this  push  that 
it  can  move  air,  water  or  earth,  whatever  is  around  the  bomb 
when  it  goes  off.  The  series  of  events  which  follow  constitute 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


The  tremendous  heat  generated  by  the  explosion  sends  forth  energy 
in  a  way  which  the  scientists  call  thermal  radiation — 

the  destructive  blast  of  the  bomb.  In  TNT  and  atomic  bomb 
alike,  blast  does  nearly  all  the  physical  damage  by  brute  force. 
The  tremendous  heat  generated  by  the  explosion  sends  forth 
energy  in  a  second  way,  which  the  scientists  call  thermal 
radiation.  This  is  heat  traveling  with  the  speed  of  light,  heat 
exactly  like  that  given  off  by  the  sun.  The  rays  are  not  pene- 
trating. They  are  stopped  by  any  object  which  stops  light. 

Alone  in  the  atomic  bomb,  rays  of  nuclear  fission  channel 
a  third  explosion  of  energy.  When  the  radioactive  material  of 
the  bomb  disintegrates,  it  releases  various  particles  of  elec- 
tricity: beta  particles,  the  atom's  electrons;  alpha  particles, 
which  are  combinations  of  neutrons  and  protons;  neutrons 
alone,  the  particles  from  the  center  of  atoms;  and  finally  gamma 
rays,  which  are  high-energy  rays  very  similar  to  X-rays. 

The  cumulative  effect  of  these  sources  of  energy  is  the  meas- 
ure of  the  atomic  bomb,  or  of  any  other  explosion  of  nuclear 
force,  whether  it  be  in  the  fission  of  uranium  or  the  fusion  of 
hydrogen  in  the  "Hell-bomb." 


WHAT  AN  A-BOMB  WILL  DO  9 

The  Atomic  Energy  Commission  and  Department  of  De- 
fense have  released  a  comprehensive  handbook  entitled  "The 
Effects  of  Atomic  Weapons,"  half  a  decade  after  the  world's 
first  atomic  bomb  was  exploded.  It  tells  the  technical  story 
of  what  will  happen  to  any  city  under  an  attack  similar  to  that 
on  Hiroshima  and  Nagasaki. 


The  nominal  atomic  bomb  is  the  equivalent  of  20,000  fons  of  TNT — 


10 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


A  large  building  is  struck  by  a  greater  force  than  a  small  structure — 
AEC  scientists  at  Los  Alamos  who  wrote  the  report  describe 
a  "nominal  atomic  bomb."  This  they  use  as  the  basis  for  their 
calculations  in  damage  and  death.  The  bomb  is  the  equivalent 
of  20,000  tons  of  TNT.  Expressed  in  electrical  energy,  it  is 
roughly  equal  to  the  daily  output  of  the  generators  at  Hoover 
Dam.  Yet  this  tremendous  force  is  only  equal,  they  say,  to  the 
energy  which  would  be  released  should  2.2  pounds  of  uranium 
235  fission  completely. 

The  explosion  of  the  nominal  bomb  takes  place  in  the  first 
millionth  of  a  second  after  two  lumps  of  uranium  or  plutonium 
are  brought  together  into  one  lump.  The  shock  wave,  the  heat 
rays,  the  radiation  leap  outward. 

The  shock  wave  moves  with  the  speed  of  sound.  In  a  sense 
it  is  a  moving  wall  of  air,  water  or  earth  under  tremendous 
pressure.  When  this  wall  hits  a  resistant  surface,  it  hits  with  a 
punch  multiplied  by  the  size  of  the  surface  in  its  path.  Thus 
a  large  building  is  struck  by  a  greater  force  than  a  small  struc- 
ture, and  often  suffers  greater  damage. 


WHAT  AN  A-BOMB  WILL  DO 


11 


In  an  atomic  bomb  exploded  in  the  air,  the  front  of  this 
shock  wave  is  vertical.  The  high  pressure  hits  as  a  giant  blow. 
Behind  the  shock  front,  high  pressure  reaches  back  for  a  con- 
siderable distance  on  the  wave.  Behind  that  is  a  region  where 
the  pressure  drops  to  less  than  normal,  a  region  of  suction. 

DESTRUCTION  FROM  THE  BOMB 

When  a  building  is  struck  by  the  blast  wave,  it  is  first 
punched  on  one  side  by  the  wall  shock.  Then,  as  pressure 
moves  on  with  the  speed  of  sound,  it  envelops  the  entire  build- 
ing, squeezing  down  from  all  sides.  This  pressure  decreases 
rapidly,  and  is  succeeded  by  suction  which  pulls  wind,  debris 
and  people  back  toward  the  point  of  the  explosion.  With  shock 
and  suction  comes  wind  of  great  speed,  first  away  from  the 
bomb,  then  toward  it,  adding  to  the  havoc. 

The  great  power  of  the  atomic  bomb  produces  so-called 
"mass  distortion"  of  buildings.  It  engulfs  and  flattens  whole 


The  pressure  of  the  blast  wave  is  succeeded  by  suction — 


12  ATOMIC  BOMBING 


The  area  of  complete  destruction  was  abouf  2600  feet  in  radius — 
buildings.  The  area  of  virtually  complete  destruction  at  Hiro- 
shima and  Nagasaki,  where  the  bombs  were  approximately 
the  size  of  the  "nominal  bomb,"  was  about  2,600  feet  in  radius. 
Inside  a  circle  swung  on  a  line  half  a  mile  long,  the  area  of 
almost  total  havoc  covered  three-quarters  of  a  square  mile. 

The  circle  of  severe  damage,  where  buildings  are  wrecked 
to  the  point  of  near  collapse,  will  reach  out  a  mile,  covering 
four  square  miles.  From  this  point,  damage  will  diminish  with 
distance,  depending  to  a  great  extent  upon  the  weather  and 
hills  and  valleys  of  the  city.  Even  as  far  as  eight  miles  from  the 
blast,  windows  will  break  and  plaster  will  fall.  The  overall 
area  of  damage  will  be  about  200  square  miles. 

Buildings  designed  to  be  earthquake-resistant  were  found 
in  Japan  to  have  suffered  remarkably  light  damage,  even  when 
relatively  close  to  ground  zero.  Smoke  stacks,  tall  and  thin, 
were  often  by-passed  by  the  blast.  On  the  other  hand,  quirks  of 
pressure  produced  by  the  atmosphere  produced  havoc  far  be- 
yond the  circle  where  it  was  expected.  At  Nagasaki,  barracks 
nearly  five  miles  from  ground  zero  collapsed  to  ground  level. 

In  the  strongest  buildings  of  reinforced  concrete,  pressure 
on  the  outside  walls  may  cause  the  roof  or  floors  to  buckle. 
The  walls  facing  the  blast  may  be  dished  inward.  There  will 
be  uniformly  heavy  damage  to  false  ceilings,  partitions  and 


WHAT  AN  A-BOMB  WILL  DO 


13 


Walls  facing  the  blast  may  be  dished  inward — 

plaster.  Brick  facings  and  cornices  will  be  blown  off  into  the 
streets,  striking  down  the  people  caught  outdoors. 

Shed-types  steel  factory  buildings  will  be  bent  over  and 
blown  apart,  even  when  more  than  a  mile  from  ground  zero. 
Brick  buildings,  whose  walls  carry  the  entire  load  of  construc- 
tion, are  among  the  most  easily  damaged.  At  distances  up  to 
6,200  feet,  they  probably  will  collapse  completely,  taking  with 
them  everyone  inside.  Houses  of  wood  at  Hiroshima  and  Naga- 
saki were  wrecked  as  far  as  7,500  feet  from  the  ground  zero. 
The  splintered  wreckage  kindled  fires  which  followed. 

Small  steel-frame  bridges  were  found  to  be  quite  resistant 
to  blast,  as  were  underground  water  mains,  electrical  conduits 
and  gas  lines.  But  damage  to  the  water  system  through  the 
breakage  of  pipes  in  houses  and  offices  buildings  will  be  one  of 


14 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


Damage  to  the  water  system  through  the  breakage  of  pipes  will  b< 
one  of  the  most  serious  effects — 

the  most  serious  effects  of  an  atomic  explosion.  Overheac 
utility  lines  may  be  heavily  damaged  up  to  two  miles  fron 
ground  zero.  Automobiles,  buses  and  streetcars  will  be  hi 
hard  by  blast  and  fire  at  distances  up  to  a  mile.  In  this  country 
atomic  scientists  believe,  reinforced  concrete  buildings  will  b( 
generally  less  resistant  to  blast  than  Japan's  earthquake-proo 
buildings.  But  tall  buildings  having  heavy  steel  frames  such  a: 
office  buildings  and  hospitals,  should  withstand  the  effect  o 
blast  quite  well.  For  American-built  frame  houses,  it  is  believec 
that  the  radius  of  structural  blast  damage  would  not  exceec 
7,500  feet — a  mile  and  a  half  from  ground  zero — wherea: 
at  Nagasaki  severe  damage  to  houses  extended  out  8,500  feet 
We  build  our  homes  better. 

For  an  air  burst  over  water  rather  than  land,  the  shock  wave 
is  much  the  same.  At  Able  Day  at  Bikini,  ships  suffered  seven 
damage  or  were  sunk  3,000  feet  from  the  point  directly  be 
neath  the  blast.  Minor  damage  occurred  out  more  than  a  mile 


WHAT  AN  A-BOMB  WILL  DO 
UNDERWATER  OR  UNDERGROUND  EXPLOSION 


15 


In  an  underwater  or  underground  atomic  explosion,  how- 
ever, the  action  of  the  shock  wave  is  entirely  different.  "There 
are  no  actual  experiences  upon  which  to  base  conclusions 
(about  an  underground  burst),"  the  AEC  reports,  disregard- 
ing Soviet  Russia's  claim  that  it  set  off  an  atom  bomb  and 
moved  a  mountain. 

Blast  damage  from  an  underground  or  underwater  atomic 
explosion  is  expected  to  be  less  than  that  from  an  air  burst. 
If  a  nominal  atomic  bomb  were  exploded  50  feet  down  in 
ordinary  soil,  a  crater  800  feet  across  and  100  feet  deep  would 
be  blown  open.  A  bomb  such  as  the  Baker  Day  explosion,  at 
Bikini,  detonated  underwater  at  shallow  depths,  would  throw 
tremendous  quantities  of  water  into  the  air. 

Both  the  soil  and  the  water  from  such  bursts  would  be  in- 


Office  buildings  and  hospitals  should  withstand  the  effect  of  blast 
quite  well — 


16 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


tensely  radioactive.  In  these  two  cases,  danger  from  long- 
lasting  radiation  is  expected  to  be  greater  than  from  any  other 
source.  The  explosion's  heat  will  be  absorbed  entirely  by  the 
material  around  it.  And  while  blast  damage  will  be  done,  the 
scientists  have  calculated  the  greatest  blast  damage  is  produced 
by  a  bomb  exploded  about  2,000  feet  in  the  air. 

EFFECT  OF  AIR  BURST 

At  that  height,  chances  of  any  one  surviving  within  2,600 
feet — half  a  mile — are  very  poor,  the  scientists  say  bluntly. 
Persons  within  that  circle  will  either  be  killed  by  the  blast 
wave,  crushed  by  falling  buildings,  burned  to  death  or  given  a 
greater-than-lethal  dose  of  radiation. 

While  the  blast  wave  will  take  about  10  seconds  to  travel 
the  two  miles  in  which  it  does  damage,  the  heat  wave  of  an 
atomic  blast  lasts  only  three  seconds.  It  will  set  flash  fires  and 
char  combustible  materials.  Human  beings  exposed  to  it  wil] 
receive  more  or  less  serious  skin  burns  if  within  two  miles  of 
ground  zero.  At  4,000  feet,  roof  tiles  will  bubble  and  blister. 


A  crater  800  feet  across  and  100  feet  deep  would  be  blown  open — 


WHAT  AN  A-BOMB  WILL  DO 


17 


The  heat  will  roughen  polished  granite,  set  fire  to  dark  clothing 
and  burn  rubber  tires  a  mile  from  the  blast. 

This  radiant  heat  travels  only  in  a  straight  line.  Protection 
from  it  is  afforded  by  almost  any  object.  Clothing  shields  the 
body.  The  shadow  of  a  tree  trunk  will  be  untouched  by  the 
heat.  It  is  this  phenomenon  which  produced  the  "profile  burns" 
on  buildings  or  human  beings.  It  sears  only  where  a  surface 
is  within  line-of-sight  from  the  explosion. 

Burns  from  flash  heat  and  the  fires  produced  by  the  heat 
caused  more  than  half  the  deaths  and  three-quarters  the  injuries 
at  Hiroshima  and  Nagasaki.  There  were  no  fire  departments 
after  the  explosions.  Water  pressure  in  the  city  mains  was 


The  shadow  of  o  tree  trunk  will  be  untouched  by  the  heat — 


18 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


practically  zero.  Twenty  minutes  after  the  blast  came  the  "fire 
storm,"  wind  blowing  into  the  holocaust  from  all  directions, 
blowing  30  to  40  miles  an  hour  at  its  height. 

This  is  not  all.  The  atomic  scientists  estimate  that  at  3,000 
feet  from  the  bomb's  burst,  there  is  better  than  50  percent 
chance  you  will  be  killed  by  nuclear  radiation,  even  if  you  are 
shielded  by  12  inches  of  concrete.  This  is  the  effect  of  the 
deadly  rays  you  cannot  see.  Neutrons  and  gamma  rays  are  the 
dangerous  particles  of  energy  in  this  wave. 

Gamma  radiation  (X-rays)  from  a  nominal  atomic  bomb 
will  kill  at  4,200  feet  from  the  burst.  Neutrons  are  not  quite 
so  far-reaching,  but  they  will  deliver  a  lethal  dose  as  far  as 
half  a  mile  from  ground  zero.  Shielding  from  either  of  these 
particles  is  a  matter  of  reinforced  concrete  by  the  foot,  or 
solid  lead  inches  thick. 


LETHAL  RANGE  OF  GAMMA  RAYS 


LIMIT  OF 

GAM  MA  RAY 

DANGER 

Gamma  radiation  will  kill  at  4200  feet  from  the  burst — 

RADIATION  SICKNESS 

A  lethal  dose  of  radiation  from  the  immediate  blast  will 
have  these  effects:  Varying  degrees  of  shock,  possibly  within 


WHAT  AN  A-BOMB  WILL  DO  19 

a  few  hours;  nausea,  vomiting  and  diarrhea  in  the  following 
day  or  two;  then  fever.  Often  there  will  be  no  pain  in  the  first 
few  days,  but  merely  discomfort,  depression  and  fatigue. 

The  early  stages  of  radiation  sickness  may  be  followed  by 
two  or  three  days  when  the  patient  is  free  from  all  symptoms, 
although  profound  changes  are  taking  place  meanwhile  in  his 
body.  Then  the  earlier  symptoms  reappear.  Active  illness  is 
soon  followed  by  delirium,  coma  and  finally  death,  which 
comes  within  two  to  three  weeks/Infection,  internal  bleeding, 
swelling  of  the  throat  glands,  loss  of  hair  and  degeneration  of 
the  sex  organs  are  all  apt  to  occur. 

AEC  scientists  and  genetics  experts  are  extremely  cautious 
in  discussing  one  vital  question:  Will  the  children  and  grand- 
children of  atomic  victims  be  human  monsters?  Chromosomes 
and  genes,  biological  factors  which  control  heredity,  are 
changed  by  radiation.  But  how  much  are  they  changed?  Is 
there  serious  danger  that  these  changes  can  be  passed  along 
to  the  next  generation,  or  those  which  come  after  that? 

Risk  of  passing  on  any  changes  in  the  chromosomes  can  be 
reduced  if  atomic  victims  "refrain  from  begetting  offspring 
for  a  period  of  two  or  three  months  following  exposure,"  the 
reports  states.  However,  this  precaution  probably  would  not 
lessen  the  chances,  if  they  exist  at  all,  of  passing  on  changes  in 
the  genes.  Until  large  gaps  in  man's  knowledge  of  radiation  and 
its  genetic  effects  can  be  closed,  admit  the  scientists,  estimates 
of  what  can  or  may  happen  in  this  field  from  atomic  explosions 
will  be  little  better  than  guesses. 

AFTER-EFFECTS  OF  BOMBING 

Will  the  bombed  city  be  left  an  echoing  ghost  town,  too 
"hot"  with  radioactivity  to  be  entered?  If  the  bomb  explodes 


20 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


Will  the  bombed  city  Jbe  left  an  echoing  ghost  town — 

high  in  the  air,  the  AEC  report  says,  this  hazard  will  be  very 
small.  The  radioactive  residue  of  the  bomb  itself  will  fall  to 
earth,  but  the  small  amounts  of  these  fission  products  and  the 
wide  area  over  which  they  will  be  dispersed  lead  military  men 
to  discount  almost  completely  any  real  danger  from  them. 

Some  dirt  and  dust  will  be  sucked  up  into  the  boiling  cloud 
of  an  atomic  explosion,  but  this  too  will  travel  far  and  come 
back  to  earth  spread  over  many  miles.  However,  the  "base 
surge"  of  water  from  an  underwater  explosion,  or  the  great 
clouds  of  dirt  thrown  by  a  bomb  exploded  at  street  level  or 
beneath  the  surface,  will  be  intensely  radioactive.  Lethal 
levels  of  radiation  in  the  wake  of  such  bombs  are  possible  and 
must  be  guarded  against,  the  scientists  warn. 

If  an  atomic  bomb  were  a  fizzle,  unexploded  radioactive 
material  might  settle  over  a  limited  area  in  high  enough  con- 
centrations to  be  dangerous.  Such  fizzles  are  possible.  If  the  two 
lumps  of  fissionable  material  do  not  come  together  just  right, 
the  bomb  might  explode  only  partially,  breaking  apart  and 
scattering  its  substance  into  the  air. 


WHAT  AN  A-BOMB  WILL  DO 


21 


Radioactive  materials  might  be  deliberately  sown  without 
an  explosive  taking  place,  as  a  new  weapon  of  war.  Such  ma- 
terials can  and  are  being  made  constantly  in  the  normal  opera- 
tion of  atomic  piles.  Small  amounts  of  certain  elements  can  be 
made  to  give  off  tremendous  amounts  of  radiation  when  so 
treated.  If  these  were  to  be  spread  uniformly  over  a  limited 
area,  that  area  might  be  denied  for  human  habitation  for  a 
considerable  period  of  time.  Those  who  remained  within  the 
area  would  be  poisoned  in  much  the  same  way  that  nuclear 
radiation  from  an  exploding  bomb  strikes  the  human  body. 
Even  if  great  numbers  of  people  are  not  directly  killed,  even 
if  large  areas  are  not  laid  waste  as  by  direct  atomic  explosion, 
the  panic-inspiring  potential  of  radiological  warfare  as  a  "mys- 


Radioactive  materials  might  be  deliberately  sown  without  an  ex- 
plosion— 


22 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


tery  weapon"  makes  it  a  grim  possibility  which  must  be  taken 
into  account  in  civilian  defense  planning. 

The  blast  of  an  atomic  bomb  is  more  violent,  but  methods 
of  dealing  with  explosion  damage,  fire  and  rescue  of  the  in- 
jured were  developed  long  ago,  and  are  not  changed  by  the 
mere  fact  that  an  atomic  blast  is  stronger  than  ordinary  TNT 
explosions. 

But  in  combating  the  radioactivity  that  comes  with  atomic 
bombing,  new  hazards  and  new  ways  to  meet  them  must  be 
planned  for.  Rescue  crews  and  monitoring  teams  must  have 


™  f  I 


Panic  is  a  major  danger  of  atomic  bombing — 


WHAT  YOU  CAN  DO  23 

instruments  to  show  them  where  dangerous  levels  of  radio- 
activity have  been  left.  They  must  know  the  length  of  time  a 
human  being  can  remain  in  buildings  and  rubble-strewn  areas 
left  radioactive.  They  must  know  new  techniques  of  decon- 
tamination. 

They  must  know  how  to  deal  with  panic,  for  scientists  are 
agreed  that  panic  is  the  major  danger  of  atomic  bombing. 
"Mass  hysteria  could  convert  a  minor  incident  into  a  major 
disaster,"  they  say. 

The  first  atomic  bomb  at  Hiroshima  killed  78,150  people. 
This  is  far  from  a  "minor  incident."  But  if  an  American  com- 
munity— anywhere — were  atom-bombed,  panic  would  strike 
80  out  of  100  of  the  physically  unharmed  survivors.  Tens  of 
thousands  of  thousands  of  Americans  might  be  struck  down 
by  sheer  terror,  making  vastly  more  difficult  the  job  of  meeting 
atomic  attack.  The  great  industrial  centers  of  the  nation  might 
suddenly  become  empty  shells  as  the  people  fled  from  A-bombs 
yet  to  come. 

2.     WHAT  YOU  CAN  DO  IN   || 
\       CIVIL  DEFENSE  :f:i 

You  have  a  job  to  do  in  defending  your  home,  your  home 
town,  your  country  against  an  A-bomb  attack,  when  and  if  it 
comes.  Whether  it  be  a  full-time  paid  job,  a  volunteer  job  or 
just  the  things  you  must  know  how  to  do  on  your  own,  is  not 
important.  What  is  important  is  in  knowing  what  to  do  and, 
then,  doing  it. 

Strangely  enough,  for  every  citizen  to  know  what  to  do  is 
in  itself  a  form  of  civil  defense.  It  is  the  helpless,  the  people 
who  do  not  feel  needed  who  are  the  causes  of  panic.  And  panic 


24 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


is  one  of  the  big  dangers  in  an  A-bomb  attack  or  in  any  kind 
of  a  disaster. 

What  is  your  job? 

That  depends  on  the  kind  of  person  you  are,  where  you 
work,  what  you  like  to  do  ordinarily. 

First,  there  are  the  special  agencies  found  in  every  city  and 
town.  These,  and  the  people  who  work  for  them  will  be  of 
vital  importance  in  any  A-bomb  atack. 

If  you  work  for  the  telephone  company,  for  the  electric 
company,  for  a  street  car  or  bus  line,  for  the  water  system,  the 
gas  company,  a  radio  station,  the  railroad,  the  city  government, 
or  even  the  zoo,  you  will  probably  have  an  important  job  to  do. 


Every  citizen  musf  Jcnow  what  to  do  in  the  event  of  an  A-bomb 
attack — 


WHAT  YOU  CAN  DO 


25 


Radio  engineers  will  keep  communications  open  to  the  rest  of  the 
world — 

If  and  when  an  A-bomb  falls  on  your  city,  the  water  pressure 
must  be  kept  up,  the  fire  equipment  must  be  mobilized,  com- 
munication must  be  maintained — there  are  a  myriad  of  im- 
portant functions  which  must  be  kept  going. 

Right  now,  in  many  American  cities,  the  public  utilities 
have  completed  plans  for  what  they  will  do  in  case  of  an  A- 
bomb  attack.  Water  companies  know  what  valves  to  turn  so 
precious  water  will  not  drain  away  through  broken  and  twisted 
pipes.  You,  if  you  work  for  the  water  company,  might  already 
be  assigned  a  valve  to  turn  if  the  bomb  should  happen  to  fall 
in  a  particular  area. 

In  all  the  public  utilities  there  will  be  specific  jobs  to  do  to 
keep  things  running  where  possible,  to  provide  substitutes 
where  that  isn't  possible. 


26  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

Telephones,  where  the  lines  stay  intact,  will  be  vital  for  com- 
munication between  important  offices  in  the  target  city  and  to 
other  cities  which  can  provide  relief  and  places  where  refugees 
can  stay.  If  you  work  for  the  telephone  company,  yours  will 
be  an  important  job  when  and  if  an  A-bomb  comes. 

But  radio  engineers — hams  and  professionals — will  prob- 
ably be  the  persons  upon  whom  your  home  town  must  rely  to 
keep  communications  open  to  the  rest  of  the  world.  Emergency 
wave-lengths  are  being  set  aside  for  communications  in  case 
of  disruption  of  regular  channels.  Radio  hams  will  be  vital 
links  in  the  emergency  radio  networks. 

You  will  notice  that  the  transmitters  of  your  home  town 
radio  stations  are  not  usually  where  the  downtown  offices 
are,  they  are  on  the  outskirts  of  town.  Most  of  them  have 
their  own  stand-by  power  units,  to  be  used  if  the  regular 
sources  of  supply  are  put  out  of  commission.  This  is  a  most 
fortunate  thing,  and  the  men  who  work  there  will  be  essential 
cogs  in  our  defense  effort  if  and  when  an  attack  comes. 

Keeping  the  gas  and  electricity  going,  or  shutting  it  off  where 
necessary  will  be  important  too.  If  you  work  for  the  gas  or 
light  company,  you  will  have  a  big  responsibility  to  your  home 
town.  The  enemy  will  be  wanting  to  kill  people  only  as  a 
secondary  matter.  What  he  is  really  after  is  to  knock  out  your 
home  town  as  a  going  concern — if  he  knocks  out  the  sources  of 
power  he  will  be  doing  a  good  job. 

CIVIL  DEFENSE 

This  is  what  civil  defense  is  aimed  at — keeping  your  home 
town  a  going  concern — keeping  it  providing  the  regular  needs 
of  the  people  who  live  there — keeping  it  providing  the  tools 
of  war  and  the  necessities  of  life  which  it  is  expected  to  produce. 


WHAT  YOU  CAN  DO 


27 


Therefore,  not  only  in  the  water,  gas  and  electricity  plants, 
but  also  in  the  factories,  in  the  offices,  in  the  government 
bureaus  in  your  home  town,  there  will  be  civil  defense  organi- 
zations. It's  this  simple — keep  things  running  so  far  as  you  can. 

This  means  that  you — where  you  work — will  be  assigned 
to  some  job  to  do  in  case  of  an  A-bomb  attack.  You  may  be 
assigned  to  go  up  to  the  roof  immediately  after  some  kinds  of 
attacks,  armed  with  bucket  of  sand  and  shovel  or  with  a 
chemical  fire  extinguisher  to  see  that  a  fire  does  not  get  started 
and  put  your  building  out  of  commission.  You  may  be  assigned 
to  the  first  aid  station  to  take  care  of  people  cut  with  flying 
glass  or  knocked  in  the  head  by  falling  masonry.  But  in  all 
the  tasks  for  which  you  will  be  trained,  the  objective  is  the 
same — keep  the  country  running,  fade  with  the  knockout 
punch  the  enemy  was  expecting  to  deliver  to  us. 


You  may  be  assigned  to  go  up  on  the  roof  armed  with  a  bucket  of 
sand  and  shovel — 


28  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

VOLUNTEER  JOBS  IN  CIVIL  DEFENSE 

Outside  of  your  jobs,  your  places  of  work,  there  will  be,  of 
course,  many  tasks  to  perform.  Volunteer  jobs  in  civil  defense 
may  be  expected  to  be  broken  down  in  much  the  same  manner 
they  are  broken  down  by  the  British.  They  are,  after  all,  old 
hands  at  the  game. 

You  will  probably  find  many  jobs  to  do,  many  jobs  for  which 
to  be  trained,  in  your  local  civil  defense  headquarters.  Com- 
munications must  be  kept  open  so  civil  defense  workers  may 
be  deployed  to  the  areas  of  greatest  need,  so  supplies  medical 
and  food,  may  be  sent  where  they  will  do  the  most  good.  This 
means  volunteer  work  on  switchboards,  with  raido  trans- 
mitters, as  couriers  in  cars,  on  motorcycles  and  on  foot. 

Where  communications  are  down,  or  are  scanty,  there  will 
be  need  for  special  reconnaissance  work,  for  people  who  will 


There  will  be  need  for  special  reconnaissance  work- 


WHAT  YOU  CAN  DO 


29 


go  out  to  find  out  the  extent  of  the  damage  from  any  attack,  to 
determine  its  boundaries,  its  seriousness  and  to  make  estimates 
of  what  is  needed  from  that  information. 

No  new  agency  can  be  set  up,  whether  voluntary  or  perma- 
nent, city,  state  or  federal  without  its  "bureaucracy,"  its  admin- 
istrative workers.  Typists,  teletypewriters,  file  clerks,  secre- 
taries— and  supervisors  for  those  people — they  will  be  needed, 
both  as  part  time  volunteers  and  as  full  time  workers. 

The  public  must  be  kept  informed  and  there  are  two  phases 
to  this  job.  The  first  phase  is  the  preparatory  one — telling  the 
public  what  they  can  do,  what  they  can  expect,  giving  people 
the  maximum  amount  of  information  before  an  attack  occurs. 
This  is  the  way  democracy  works.  In  the  second  phase,  put  into 
operation  only  if  and  when  an  A-bomb  falls,  public  informa- 
tion will  be  the  vital  and  specific  job  of  directing  the  public  so 


Thousands  are  already  trained  in  the  use  of  detection  instruments — 


30  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

they  do  the  things  which  will  save  their  lives  and  keep  them 
out  of  the  way  of  life-saving  efforts  on  the  part  of  others. 

Volunteers  will  have  to  know  how  to  identify  the  different 
kinds  of  radioactivity  and  their  extent.  They  will  be  attached 
to  civil  defense  headquarters  so  the  public,  the  rescue  workers 
and  the  firemen  will  not  have  to  risk  their  lives  needlessly. 
Here  we  are  ahead  of  Great  Britain — this  is  natural  because 
we  have  the  A-bomb  and  thousands  of  our  people  have  already 
worked  with  radioactive  materials  in  Oak  Ridge,  Hanford  and 
other  places,  including  almost  every  university. 

Thousands  are  already  trained  in  the  use  of  detection  instru- 
ments, and  they  are  trained  to  teach  others.  This  is  a  job  you 
might  well  be  doing  for  your  local  civil  defense  office. 

THE  WARDEN'S  JOB 

We  will  have  air  raid  wardens  again — but  if  you  are  a  war- 
den your  job  will  be  more  complex.  The  wardens  will,  once 
more,  be  responsible  for  the  organization  of  people  in  blocks, 
in  apartment  houses  in  neighborhoods.  The  wardens  will  be 
responsible  for  knowing  how  many  people  are  in  his  area, 
where  they  are — so  that  an  estimate  can  be  made,  in  the  event 
of  an  A-bomb  attack,  of  who  are  safe  in  shelters,  who  are  away 
from  the  area,  and  who  remain  to  be  rescued  from  the  rubble. 

The  wardens  will  see  to  it  that  the  air  raid  warnings  have 
been  heard  and  have  been  heeded,  that  everybody  will  know 
where  to  go  when  a  warning  is  sounded,  or,  if  they  have  spe- 
cific jobs,  will  know  what  to  do. 

The  British  have  a  polite  word  for  one  of  the  most  impor- 
tant of  a  warden's  jobs — "incident  control."  The  warden  will 
be  the  man  in  charge  if  any  "incident"  occurs  in  connection 
with  an  A-bomb  attack.  He  will  be  trained  in  what  to  do, 


WHAT  YOU  CAN  DO 


31 


whether  to  call  on  outside  help,  whether  to  enlist  volunteers 
from  the  neighborhood,  or  whether  to  ignore  the  whole  thing. 
An  "incident"  can  be  the  falling  of  rubble  across  the  en- 
trance to  a  family  air  raid  shelter,  or  it  can  be  the  panicking  of 
the  residents  of  a  large  apartment  house.  It  will  be  up  to  the 
warden  to  know  how  to  handle  any  kind  of  an  incident. 


People  who  have  lost  their  homes  must  find  shelter — 

The  warden  will  be  concerned,  too,  with  the  movement  of 
refugees — a  horrible  word  for  Americans  to  get  used  to.  But, 
if  and  when  an  A-bomb  comes  near  your  home,  there  are  two 
alternatives — either  people  in  your  area  will  need  to  move  on 
to  find  shelter,  or  people  who  have  lost  their  homes  will  be 
moving  in  with  you.  These  people  are  refugees. 

The  warden  will  have  to  know,  if  an  A-bomb  has  destroyed 
parts  of  his  area,  how  many  refugees  will  be  leaving.  And  he 
will  have  to  know,  if  his  area  is  not  destroyed,  how  many 
refugees  it  can  take. 


32 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 
RESCUE  WORKERS 


Rescue  workers  might  well  be  called  the  skilled  workers  of 
civil  defense.  It  is  not  a  matter  of  just  clawing  away  at  falling 
rubble  until  you  get  to  a  trapped  person.  Rescue  work  calls 
for  high  discipline  and  technique.  It  is  obvious,  for  instance, 
that  clumsy  clawing  away  at  rubble  might  bring  more  rubble 
down  upon  the  rescue  worker  and  further  block  the  avenues  of 
escape  for  the  trapped  victims. 

If  and  when  an  A-bomb  comes,  thousands  of  trained  and 
skilled  rescue  workers  will  be  needed.  You  will  have  the  oppor- 
tunity to  train  for  this  difficult  but  rewarding  assignment. 

The  government  is  hoping  that  at  least  20,000,000  of  us  will 
take  first  aid  courses.  Except  for  the  minority  of  casualties 
who  will  have  radiation  sickness,  the  larger  number  will  be 
injured  in  familiar  ways — burned,  hit  by  falling  masonry,  in 
shock.  Elementary  treatment  of  these  everyone  should  know. 


Rescue  workers  will  have  to  know  first  aid  and  stretcher  bearing — 


WHAT  YOU  CAN  DO 


33 


Rescue  workers  particularly  will  have  to  know  first  aid  and 
stretcher  bearing.  Another  job  for  you  in  which  first  aid  will 
be  particularly  important  is  driving  an  ambulance. 

The  British  have  the  appropriate  word  for  everything.  One 
section  of  their  civil  defense  corps  organization  is  called 
"pioneers."  In  a  sense  on  which  the  British  probably  never 
figured,  the  word  is  apt. 

Pioneer  workers  will  be  the  first  to  clear  the  way  for  the  new 
beginning  of  living  after  an  A-bomb  attack.  Whatever  we  call 
them,  they  will  be  one  of  the  most  important  parts  of  our 
American  volunteer  civil  defense  effort. 

Pioneers  will  clear  away  the  debris  and  rubble  left  by  an 
attack;  they  will  plant  the  explosives  which  destroy  unsafe 


Uninjured  persons  who  may  have  come  in  contact  with  radioactive 
materials  should  thoroughly  scrub  themselves — 


34  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

buildings.  They  will  be  in  charge  of  the  early  decontamination 
of  roads  and  highways  so  people  may  move  about  without 
fear.  Decontamination  of  vehicles  and  clothing  will  be  in  their 
hands.  They  will  see  to  it  that  uninjured  persons  who  may  have 
come  in  contact  with  radioactive  materials  thoroughly  scrub 
themselves — one  of  the  most  effective  first  steps  in  decon- 
tamination. 

They  will  go  into  blasted  buildings  to  salvage  what  can  still 
be  used.  Pioneers  will  make  emergency  repairs  to  houses  and 
to  fallen  wires  and  broken  gas  and  water  mains.  They  will  clear 
roads  so  refugees  can  be  evacuated  and  the  injured  moved 
quickly  to  places  of  treatment. 

CARING  FOR  THE  HOMELESS 

By  size,  the  greatest  human  problem  after  an  A-bomb  attack 
will  not  be  the  injured,  but  the  homeless.  Your  talents  may  be 
useful  in  one  of  the  many  tasks  to  be  done  in  helping  them. 

You  may  be  needed  to  escort  the  homeless  men,  women  and 
children  to  places  of  safety,  to  places  where  they  can  lie  down 
for  rest.  You  may  be  able  to  give  them  advice  about  what  to 
do — where  to  get  supplies  of  clothing,  where  to  get  food, 
where  to  contact  relatives,  where  to  find  a  temporary  home. 

There  will  be  rest  centers  for  refugees — you  may  be  needed 
to  plan  meals,  to  cook  them,  to  oversee  the  sleeping  quarters, 
to  run  the  linen  laundry,  to  register  your  guests. 

Large  public  air  raid  shelters  become,  during  alerts,  com- 
munities with  unique  problems.  You  may  be  the  right  person 
to  supervise  an  air  raid  shelter;  to  prevent,  tactfully,  quarrels 
about  occupancy  of  the  same  space;  to  see  to  it  that  the  shelter 
is  kept  clean;  to  make  sure  that  the  young  and  the  old  and  the 
sick  get  the  special  attention  they  need.  If  you  are  that  person, 


WHAT  YOU  CAN  DO 


35 


it  is  likely  that  you  will  be  elected  by  the  fellow  residents  of 
your  "community"  air  raid  shelter. 

Do  you  cook  for  a  large  family?  Then  you  may  be  the  volun- 
teer answer  to  the  question  of  where  the  other  volunteer 
workers  will  get  something  to  eat  or  a  hot  cup  of  coffee.  There 
will  be  mobile  kitchens  to  man  for  the  purpose. 

Along  with  the  citizens  who  should  learn  first  aid,  there  will 
be  a  great  need  of  voluntary  corps  of  hospital  workers.  Per- 
haps you  were  a  nurse's  aide,  or  a  Red  Cross  grey  lady  during 
the  last  war.  They  will  need  you  again  and  many  more  like 
you.  In  addition  to  training  for  work  in  the  hospitals,  persons 
will  have  to  be  trained  to  man  emergency  treatment  centers,  to 
take  the  place  of,  and  supplement,  hospitals  which  might  be 
overcrowded  or  destroyed  in  an  attack. 


There  will  be  mobile  kitchens  and  need  of  people  to  man  them — 


36 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 
FIRE  AND  POLICE  AID 


An  A-bomb  sets  fires  immediately.  The  terrific  heat  blast 
instantaneously  scorches  everything  within  range  that  is  in- 
flammable. Then  these  fires  begin  to  spread  and  other  little 
fires,  coming  from  gas  tanks,  stove  burners  left  on  in  damaged 
houses,  and  from  many  other  causes,  start  up. 

Your  fire  department  will  need  volunteers,  many  of  them, 
trained  to  help  them  keep  this  danger  under  control. 

The  police,  too,  will  need  an  auxiliary  force.  There  will  be 
a  need  to  direct  and  control  traffic,  to  maintain  order,  perhaps 
beyond  the  ability  of  the  regular  force  to  handle  it.  The  pre- 
cinct house  communications  will  need  extra  manning. 

Then  there  will  be  jobs  connected  with  what  the  military 
call  the  "positive  defenses"  of  your  town.  These  are  the  meas- 
ures of  the  army  and  air  force  to  make  it  extremely  hard  for 
an  enemy  plane  to  get  through  and  to  drop  an  A-bomb. 


The  army  and  air  force  will  make  it  extremely  hard  for  an  enemy 
plane  to  get  through — 


ORGANIZING  AGAINST  ATTACK  37 

DEFENSE  WITHIN  THE  HOME 

Whether  or  not  you  can  volunteer  for  any  of  these  duties, 
your  first  responsibility  will  be  your  own  home  and  those  in  it. 
A  man's  home  is  his  castle,  and  it  is  his  responsibility  to  make 
it  as  impregnable  to  attack  as  he  can. 

You  may  consider  building  a  small  shelter,  if  you  are  a  home 
owner.  It  is  estimated  that  many  lives  would  have  been  saved 
at  Hiroshima  if  the  Japanese  had  taken  to  their  very  flimsy 
shelters  when  our  B-29  was  first  reported  overhead. 

You  should  see  that  the  proper  first  aid  equipment  is  on 
hand.  Your  children  should  be  taught  where  to  go  when  the  air 
raid  warning  is  sounded.  You  see  that  everyone  in  your  home 
understands  instructions  and  follows  orders  in  case  of  attack. 

You  have  a  final  responsibility.  If  you  take  part  in  one  of 
these  many  voluntary  civil  defense  activities  that  final  respon- 
sibility will  be  easy.  It  is  to  realize  that  there  are  many  things 
that  can  be  done  to  mitigate  the  effects  of  an  A-bomb  attack 
on  your  city — and  to  do  your  share  of  them  efficiently. 

If  we  all  do  that,  we  will  do  a  great  deal  to  keep  down  the 
effects  of  an  A-bomb  attack  and  to  maintain  the  operation  of 
our  cities  and  our  factories. 

3.    ORGANIZING  AGAINST 
'    A-BOMB  ATTACK   ;,,;,!;:  ;•'; 

If  Chicago's  mayor  were  not  on  speaking  terms  with  the 
mayors  of  Gary  and  East  Chicago,  Milwaukee,  and  all  the 
cities  of  downstate  Illinois — Chicago  would  be  in  a  bad  way 
should  A-bombs  fall  on  it.  And  the  nation  would  be  in  a  bad 
way  too. 


38 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


I  MUTUAL   AID  AND  MOBILE    RESERVE 
DIVISION 


Mutual  Aid  and  Mobile  Reserve  Division — 
The  primary  purpose  of  an  A-bomb  attack  has  two  parts: 
To  knock  out  such  vital  installations  as  factories,  communica- 
tions centers,  supply  depots  and  the  people  who  run  them;  and 
to  knock  out  the  resources,  facilities  and  people  who  could 
put  them  back  into  working  order. 

If  Chicago  could  not  depend  on  its  surrounding  communi- 
ties for  fire  engines,  water,  doctors  and  medical  supplies, 
emergency  hospitals  for  casualties,  rest  camps  for  the  home- 
less, rescue  workers,  Chicago  would  be  a  lifeless  city  after  an 
A-bomb  attack. 

But  if,  under  a  well-set  up  organization  and  with  plans 
properly  worked  out  beforehand,  the  necessary — and  only  the 
necessary — aid  is  rushed  into  Chicago  after  such  an  attack, 
the  dead  and  wounded  would  be  much  fewer,  the  extent  of 
the  damage  from  fire  would  be  much  less,  and  the  ability  of  the 


ORGANIZING  AGAINST  ATTACK 


39 


city  to  recuperate — to  get  going  again  on  the  war  effort — 
would  be  much  greater. 

Thus  civil  defense  requires  a  great  deal  of  organizing  and 
planning — nationally,  statewise  and  locally. 

An  organization  grows  and  changes  when  it  is  put  to  use. 
We  may  count  on  it  that  if  we  never  have  to  use  it,  we  will 
never  have  a  perfect  civil  defense  organization.  Right  now  we 
have  only  theories,  based  on  our  untried  civil  defense  organi- 
zation of  World  War  II  and  on  the  tried  and  tested  British 
counterpart. 

NATIONAL  CIVIL  DEFENSE 


INDIVIDUAL  THE  FAMILY  COMMUNITY  NEARBY  CITIES 


THE  STATE  FEDERAL  GOVT  MILITARY  AID 

The  American  system  of  civil  defense — 

Paul  J.  Larsen,  who  is  director  of  the  Civilian  Mobilization 
office  of  the  National  Security  Resources  Board — the  agency 
responsible  to  the  President  for  civil  defense  plans — puts  the 
concept  of  American  civil  defense  this  way: 

"Where  do  you  start,  in  tackling  this  serious  problem  of 
modern  civil  defense  planning  for  your  cities? 

"Fortunately,  the  natural  line  of  responsibility  and  author- 
ity with  which  we  are  favored  in  this  democracy  is  the  basic 


40  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

pattern  for  civil  defense  action  in  time  of  war.  The  prime 
mover  is  the  individual  citizen.  Then  in  natural  succession 
comes  your  local  municipal  government,  then  the  state  govern- 
ment and  finally  the  Federal  government. 

"Here  is  a  graphic  outline  of  how  this  natural  system  of 
ours  should  operate  in  civil  defense: 

"1.  THE  INDIVIDUAL,  calm  and  well-trained  as  possible 
does  everything  within  his  power  to  help  himself  and  those 
around  him. 

"2.  THE  FAMILY,  seeking  self-preservation,  operates  as 
a  unit  in  handling  its  own  problems  as  far  as  it  honestly  can. 

"3.  THE  COMMUNITY,  well-organized  and  equipped  in 
advance,  puts  its  Civil  Defense  organization  to  work  instantly 
to  meet  the  crisis. 

"4.  NEARBY  CITIES  come  to  the  community's  assistance 
with  mutual  aid  and  mobile  reserves,  when  they  are  needed. 

"5.  THE  STATE  stands  ready  to  furnish  its  organized  as- 
sistance if  the  situation  gets  beyond  loeal  control. 

"6.  THE  FEDERAL  GOVERNMENT  has  its  resources  in 
readiness  to  answer  the  state's  call  for  large  scale  help. 

"7.  MILITARY  AID,  both  state  and  national,  and  to  the 
extent  available  comes  to  the  assistance  of  the  civil  authorities 
ONLY  after  all  other  civilian  facilities  are  exhausted. 

This  is  the  pattern,  both  for  the  planning  states,  and  for 
the  operating  organization,  if  and  when  we  need  it. 

THE  NATIONAL  DIRECTOR 

Starting  from  the  top  down,  there  will  be  a  Federal  Director 
of  civil  defense. 

The  national  government  is  operating  on  the  theory  that 
the  less  power  this  official  has,  the  better;  the  more  that  can  be 


ORGANIZING  AGAINST  ATTACK  41 

done  by  states  and  cities  within  themselves  and  in  cooperation 
with  each  other,  the  better. 

However,  experience  in  Britain  shows  that,  as  the  bombing 
attacks  increased,  the  control  from  the  top  had  to  be  tighter, 
the  directions  more  specific.  Britain  even  consolidated  all  her 
local  fire  departments  into  a  national  fire  service  so  they  could 
be  sent  to  where  they  would  do  the  most  good  for  the  national 
war  effort. 

So  the  pattern  looks  like  this.  In  the  planning  stages  of  civil 
defense,  the  national  director  will  be  more  of  a  coordinator 
than  a  director.  He  will  achieve  liaison  between  the  various 
government  departments,  civilian  and  military,  on  civil  defense 
problems.  He  will  forward  plans  and  advice  to  the  states  and, 
through  them,  to  local  governments.  He  will  urge  them  to  pass 
the  necessary  legislation,  to  conduct  the  necessary  training 
courses,  to  set  up  the  necessary  staffs. 

If  and  when  an  all-out  war  starts,  the  nation  will  probably 
find  it  advisable  to  give  him  more  power.  He  will  then  be  able 
to  direct  cities  which  have  lagged  behind  in  civil  defense  plan- 
ning to  come  up  to  date.  He  will  be  able  to  order  mutual  aid 
pacts.  But  the  main  responsibility  will  still  lie  within  the  states. 

If  and  when  A-bombs  begin  to  drop,  the  national  director's 
power  will  increase.  If  A-bombs  fall  on  both  Philadelphia  and 
Camden,  just  across  the  river  in  New  Jersey,  a  mutual  aid  pact 
between  the  cities  might  fall  down — both  wanting  to  keep  all 
their  fire  equipment,  all  their  doctors,  all  their  rescue  workers. 

Someone  must  look  at  such  an  attack  on  two  cities  separated 
by  a  state  border  from  the  national  interest.  Should  Phila- 
delphia firemen  abandon  a  row  of  apartment  houses  in  their 
home  town  and  go  to  a  factory  in  Camden?  Someone  must  have 
the  position  to  decide  and  the  power  to  direct  such  activities. 


42 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


This  person  may,  of  course,  be  a  regional  director  respon- 
sible to  the  national  director. 

Most  states  already  have  full  time  civil  defense  directors. 
They  are  responsible  for  more  detailed  plans  and  operations 
than  is  the  national  director,  but,  like  him,  they  are  still  on  the 
level  of  giving  advice,  coordinating  the  plans  and  operations 
of  local  communities.  They  will  draw  up  and  submit  to  legis- 
latures mutual  aid  agreements  between  states.  They  will  be 
responsible  to  see  that  the  personnel  trained  under  the  national 


r       L 

1 

1 

1 

1 

DEPUTY 
DIRECTOR 

DEPUTY 
DIRECTOR 

DEPUTY 

DIRECTOR 

DEPUTY 
DIRECTOR 

DEPUTY 
DIRECTOR 

Communications 

Plcnr 
Protection 

Radiological 
Defense 

Evacuation 

Administration 

1 

1 

1 

1 

I 

Engineering 

Police 
Services 

Medical 
and  Health 
Services 

Civilian 
War  Aid 

Traininq 

Air  Raid 
Warning  and 
Aircraft 

Observers 

Warden 
Services 

Other 
Special  Weapons 
Defense 

Planning 

1 

Transportation 

Fire 
Services 

Chemical 
Defense 

Public 
Information 

Mutual  Aid 
and  Mobile 
Reserve 

Suggested  model  for  state  organ/zaf/on  of  civil  defense — 


ORGANIZING  AGAINST  ATTACK 


43 


Every  city  with  more  than  50,000  population  may  and  should  con- 
slder  itself  a  potential  target — 

civil  defense  plan  in  radiation  detection  and  other  subjects 
pass  on  their  training  to  men  and  women  in  the  cities. 

THE  COMMUNITY  DIRECTOR 

It  is  in  the  communities  where  details  of  organization  be- 
come more  complex,  where  plans  and  advice  from  above  are . 
translated  into  realities.  Your  city  director  must  survey  your  I 


44  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

community  and,  based  on  the  knowledge  he  gains  thereby  and 
the  knowledge  he  receives  from  state  and  federal  civil  defense 
officials,  he  must  work  out  detailed  organization,  recruit  the 
right  people  and  secure  adequate  equipment  to  take  care  of 
any  attack. 

Every  city  in  this  country  with  more  than  50,000  population 
can  and  should  consider  itself  a  potential  target  for  A-bombs. 
Every  town  and  city  within  200  miles,  at  least,  of  any  potential 
targets  should  consider  that  all  its  resources,  from  its  hospital 
and  fire  department  to  Mrs.  Jones'  spare  bedroom,  may  be 
mobilized  to  aid  a  stricken  area. 

The  civilian  defense  director  might  well  take  the  approach 
of  Brigadier  General  Gordon  Young,  engineer  commissioner 
of  the  District  of  Columbia.  This  is  to  assume  that  a  national 
emergency  has  been  declared,  assume  that  one  or  more  A- 
bombs  have  dropped  near  the  center  of  his  city.  What  should 
the  factories,  the  hospitals,  the  government  agencies,  the  police 
and  fire  departments,  the  public  utilities,  the  communications 
facilities  and  the  individual  citizens  have  done  before  the  A- 
bombs  were  dropped?  What  must  they  be  prepared  to  do  dur- 
ing and  after  the  attack? 

The  lines  of  his  organization  will  be  suggested  to  him  from 
the  federal  government.  At  the  start  he  will  need  few  full  time 
workers,  a  few  more  part  time  workers  and  many  volunteers. 
The  kinds  of  jobs  he  will  have  to  organize  into  a  smoothly- 
running  organization,  ready  to  be  mobilized  in  an  instant,  are 
outlined  in  Chapter  2. 

He  will  have  to  see  to  it  that  the  vital  parts  of  the  com- 
munity's body  are  well  prepared.  A  start  in  this  direction  is 
contained  in  the  following  questionnaire,  which  General 
Young  asked  the  organizations  in  Washington  to  fill  out. 


ORGANIZING  AGAINST  ATTACK  45 

CITY  OF  WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 
CHECK-LIST  FOR  EMERGENCY  PLAN 

Name  of  Individual,  and  Organization  or  Function: 


Report (s)  already  submitted: 


Assume  that  a  National  Emergency  is  declared,  and  Washington  is  warned 
that  it  may  be  bombed  or  otherwise  attacked  on  short  notice.  The  District 
Commissioners  are  given  emergency  powers  and  ample  money.  An  Air  Raid 
Warning  system  is  already  functioning.  You  are  to  assume  that  any  threatened 
air  raid  will  be  detected  at  least  one  hour  in  advance,  and  that  the  city  will  be 
warned  by  an  "alert."  Upon  such  an  alert  certain  precautions  may  be  taken, 
but  no  part  of  the  city  will  be  evacuated. 

As  soon  as  such  an  assumed  emergency  was  declared,  you  would  have  a 
threefold  job  facing  you:  (I)  To  put  your  organization  into  a  permanent 
state  of  preparedness  for  condition  of  emergency  which  the  city  and  nation 
are  entering  (which  includes  anti-sabotage  precautions).  (II)  To  decide  what 
to  do,  if  an  air  raid  alert  is  sounded.  (Ill)  To  decide  what  to  do  immediately 
after  a  raid,  if  one  occurs  and  the  city  is  bombed. 

*          *          *          * 

If  you  are  uncertain  about  an  answer,  give  your  best  guess.  What  will 
emerge  from  this  study  will  still  be  a  very  tentative  and  imperfect  document. 
It  will  be  studied  carefully  by  the  National  Security  Resources  Board;  and  you 
will  have  full  opportunity  to  assist  in  perfecting  it.  Therefore,  nothing  you  may 
say  or  write  down  now  is  in  any  sense  a  final  commitment. 

/.     Action  to  be  taken  following  a  Declaration  of  Emergency, 
to  place  you  in  a  permanent  state  of  preparedness 

1.    Additional  Personnel.  Would  you  need  any  additions  to  your  personnel? 
If  so: 

a.  About  how  many  and  what  kind? 

b.  Would  they  be  needed  to  strengthen  existing  units,  or  to  create  new 
emergency  units;  if  the  latter,  what  units? 

c.  Would  you  prefer  to  (1)  recruit  them  yourself,  and  (2)  to  train 
them  yourself,  or  would  you  like  outside  assistance  in  recruiting 
or  training? 

NOTE:  In  answering  the  above,  allow  for  the  fact  that  some  of  your 
regular  personnel  may  be  casualties  in  an  attack,  and  you  may  want 
to  recruit  and  train  replacements  for  them  in  advance.  Also  allow  for 
the  fact  that,  following  an  attack,  you  may  need  to  make  emergency 
repairs  to  your  installations  on  a  large  scale  and  in  a  hurry,  and  may 
want  an  enlarged  force  to  do  it. 


46  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

2.  Alternative  Executives.  What  plans,  in  general  terms,  would  you  make  for 
"Number  Two  Men"  to  replace  key  executives  and  others  following  an  attack, 
if  the  regular  ones  were  incapacitated? 

3.  Additional  Equipment,  Transportation  and  Supplies.  Would  you  need  to 
lay  in  any  additions  to  your  present  stock?  If  so: 

a.  State  what  is  needed,  in  whatever  detail  time  permits.  A  list  of  at 
least  the  larger  and  more  expensive  items,  or  those  hard  to  pro- 
cure, would  be  helpful. 

b.  To  what  extent  could  you  get  them  locally? 

c.  Would  you  need  any  financial  or  other  assistance  in  obtaining 
them?  (In  the  case  of  City  Departments,  assume  that  ample  funds 
were  available;  but  the  availability  of  items  for  prompt  purchase, 
and  conflicting  demands,  must  be  considered.) 

NOTE:  Here  again,  you  should  allow  in  your  planning  for  possible 
destruction  of  some  of  your  existing  stocks  in  an  attack;  and  also  for 
the  need  of  emergency  repairs  after  an  attack. 

4.  Dispersed  Storage.  Would  you  establish  dispersed  storage  depots  or  dumps, 
away  from  the  center  of  the  city,  for  any  equipment,  transportation  or  supplies? 
If  so,  where;  and  what  in  general  would  be  stored?  (Indicate  any  actually  exist- 
ing storage  of  the  sort.  If  confidential,  omit  details.) 

5.  Space  or  Facilities  for  New  Activities.  Is  there  any  housing,  storage,  office 
space  or  other  covered  or  open  space,  which  you  would  need  to  obtain,  or  to 
have  earmarked  for  you  in  advance,  for  use  during  an  alert  or  after  an  attack? 
Indicate  in  as  much  detail  as  possible  what,  how  much,  where,  and  what  equip- 
ment, supplies  and  special  installations  would  be  involved. 

NOTE:  The  outstanding  examples  of  this  are  (1)  space  which  the 
Emergency  Disaster  agency  (a  part  of  the  Civil  Defense  organization) 
would  need  to  house  and  feed  refugees;  and  (2)  space  needed  by  the 
Medical  organization  for  caring  for  casualties  (including  first-aid  sta- 
tions), pending  the  time  when  they  could  be  sent  to  regular  hospitals 
or  evacuated  from  the  city.  There  may  be  other  cases  of  this  sort  in 
other  agencies. 

6.  Safeguarding  of  Documents. 

a.  Are  there  any  documents,  files,  drawings,  etc.  which  you  would 
desire  and  be  able  to  send  at  once  to  a  point  away  from  the  center 
of  the  city?  (Yes  or  No,  no  details  needed.) 

b.  If  so,  have  you  (actually,  today)  a  suitable  place  where  you  could 
send  them?  (Yes  or  No.) 

c.  Are  there  others  which  you  could  not  send  at  once,  but  would 
wish  to  microfilm  or  otherwise  reproduce  for  that  purpose?  If 
"Yes,"  would  it  mean  a  large-scale,  a  medium-scale  or  a  small- 
scale  job  of  reproduction? 


ORGANIZING  AGAINST  ATTACK          47 

7.  Other  Dispersion  Preceding  an  Alert.  Are  there  any  offices,  shops,  or  other 
key  installations  or  localized  activities  in  central  and  exposed  areas  of  the  city, 
which  you  would  move  at  once  to  less  exposed  locations;  or,  for  which  you 
would  prepare,  in  advance,  alternative  locations,  where  the  activity  could  be 
set  up  on  short  notice  following  an  alert  or  a  bombing?  If  so,  give,  whatever 
details  you  can,  including  the  new  locations  if  you  are  prepared  to  select  them 
or  to  make  a  guess  about  their  location. 

8.  Protective  Construction. 

a.  Would  you  at  once  undertake  any  protective  construction  to  mini- 
mize possible  loss  of  life  to  your  personnel  on  duty  during  an 
attack,  and  to  minimize  possible  damage  to  key  installations?  If 
so,  give  whatever  details  you  can. 

b.  Would  you  need  outside  assistance  (money,  men  or  material)  for 
the  purpose?  Specify. 

c.  Would  you  need  outside  guidance  as  to  suitable  types  of  protec- 
tive construction?  Specify. 

NOTE:  The  foregoing  does  not  apply  to  anti-sabotage  precautions,  but 
primarily  to  emergency  construction  designed  to  give  some  degree  of 
protection  from  bombing  or  from  widespread  fires  following  a  bomb- 
ing. 

9.  Sabotage. 

a.  Have  you  (actually,  today)  an  adequate  anti-sabotage  plan?  (Yes 
or  No.) 

b.  If  so,  would  it  be  available  on  request  to  the  proper  District  au- 
thorities, for  study? 

c.  Would  you  need  any  outside  assistance  (men,  weapons,  equipment 
or  supplies),  to  put  it  into  full  effect?  (If  confidential,  answer  at 
your  discretion.) 

10.  Supplemental  Communications. 

a.  Would  you  need  to  supplement  your  present  communications 

(telephone,  teletype,  fixed  or  mobile  radio,  etc.)?  If  so,  give  what- 
ever details  you  can. 

b.  Would  you  need  outside  assistance  (money,  men,  materiel,  or 
action  by  other  agencies)  for  the  purpose?  Specify. 

c.  Have  you  checked  any  proposed  use  of  radio  with  the  Superin- 
tendent of  Communications,  D.  C.,  to  assure  yourself  that  it 
would  fit  into  the  overall  Emergency  Plan? 

11.  Passes.  Are  there  any  categories  of  your  personnel  who  should  be  pro- 
vided with  passes  and  identifications,  entitling  them  to  move  freely  about  the 
city  during  an  alert  or  following  an  attack  (when  normal  movement  may  be 
restricted  by  the  police)? 


48  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

12.  Publicity. 

a.  Following  a  Declaration  of  Emergency,  is  there  any  information 
you  would  wish  to  have  presented  to  the  public,  to  make  your  task 
easier  or  to  assist  the  public?  Specify  in  general  terms. 

b.  Would  you  wish  to  utilize  commercial  radio  for  the  purpose,  and 
to  what  extent? 

c.  If  the  District  Commissioners  prepared,  and  periodically  issued 
by  newspaper  or  radio,  "canned  releases"  to  the  public,  is  it  likely 
that  your  material,  or  any  of  it,  could  best  be  incorporated  in 
them? 

13.  Drills,  Etc.  Would  you  need  or  desire  to  participate  in  any  city- wide 
drills,  "practice  runs,"  etc.  (e.g.,  practice  blackouts,  practice  alerts),  and  have 
you  any  comments  or  suggestions  in  this  field? 

14.  Other  Communities.  Would  you  need  to  coordinate  your  emergency 
activities  with  those  of  adjoining  cities  and  communities,  and  have  you  any 
thoughts  about  how  this  could  best  be  accomplished? 

15.  Other  Organizations.  Same  question,  as  regards  other  organizations  or 
agencies  within  the  District. 

16.  Effect  on  Normal  Activities.  Generally  speaking,  after  a  Declaration  of 
Emergency  and  in  the  absence  of  any  specific  alert  or  warning,  would  the  policy 
of  your  agency  be  "business  as  usual,"  or  would  there  be  any  important  re- 
strictions or  changes  in  your  normal  peace-time  activities?  Give  any  details 
you  can. 

//.     Action  to  be  taken  when  an  air-raid  alert  is  sounded  (assumed  to  be 
a  one-hour  warning  of  a  threatened  attack) 

17.  Mobilization  of  Personnel. 

a.  What  personnel,  not  on  duty,  would  be  immediately  mobilized; 
and  where?  (Included  both  regular  forces  and  any  pre-arranged 
reserves.) 

b.  How  would  you  get  word  to  them  to  mobilize?  (Among  the  possi- 
bilities are:  (1)  A  radio  signal  broadcast;  (2)  Special  calls,  by 
telephone  or  other;  (3)  An  advance  understanding  of  what  the 
personnel  would  do  on  hearing  an  alert.) 

18.  Mobilization  and /or  Dispersion  of  Transportation  and  Mobile  Equip- 
ment. 

Same  questions  as  in  (17)  above.  Give  consideration  to  any  equipment,  or 
group  of  men,  that  you  would  wish  to  move  out  from  the  center  of  the  city 
during  the  period  of  the  "alert,"  so  that  they  would  be  safer  during  a  bombing, 
arid  therefore  available  immediately  after  a  bombing  to  make  repairs,  restore 
service,  open  alternative  centers  of  activity,  or  perform  other  essential  tasks. 


ORGANIZING  AGAINST  ATTACK  49 

19.  Sabotage.  Would  you  need  any  immediate  strengthening  of  the  anti- 
sabotage  measures  already  taken,  to  allow  for  the  conditions  of  an  air  attack? 
(If  confidential,  so  state.) 

20.  Publicity.  Is  there  any  information,  pertaining  to  your  agency,  that  you 
would  wish  to  have  included  in  any  "canned  releases"  that  the  Commissioners 
would  give  out  to  the  public  during  an  alert  (probably  by  radio)?  Specify. 

///.     Action  to  be  taken  following  an  attack 

21.  What  advance  plans  would  you  make,  as  to  what  your  agency  would  do 
immediately  after  one  or  more  bombs  had  been  dropped  on  Washington?  Give 
whatever  details  you  can. 

NOTE:  There  is  no  way  of  telling  in  advance  where  the  bombs  might 
fall,  what  damage  they  might  do,  or  how  much  of  your  own  force  and 
installations  might  be  knocked  out.  You  can  only  guess  that  the 
bombing  would  most  probably  be  somewhere  in  the  central  part  of 
the  city. 

IV.     Other  Questions 

22.  Are  there  any  additional  assumptions,  information  or  data,  whicfa  you 
have  not  been  given,  and  which  you  will  need  before  you  can  prepare  a  final 
and  permanent  Emergency  Plan? 

23.  Any  comments,  criticisms  or  suggestions  on  any  aspects  of  the  subject 
would  be  welcome,  either  enlarging  on  the  above  items  or  on  other  items  which 
we  have  overlooked. 

GORDON  R.  YOUNG 

Brigadier  General,  U.  S.  Army 

Engineer  Commissioner 

There  are  some  questions  here  which  are  applicable  to 
almost  all  business  and  even  to  homes. 

In  Britain,  wardens  were  laughed  at  before  the  bombs  fell. 
In  this  country  during  World  War  II  many  people  looked  on 
some  wardens  as  busybodies,  officious  and  largely  unnecessary. 
When  the  bombs  dropped  in  Britain,  the  homes  became  the 
front  lines  and  the  warden  became  the  man  who  knew  how 
to  direct  the  battle  of  the  hearthside. 

We  were  not  attacked  from  the  air  during  World  War  II. 
We  may  be  this  time.  The  civil  defense  director  is  responsible 


50  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

for  his  wardens  being  properly  deployed,  being  properly 
trained  and  that  there  are  enough  of  them. 

He  must,  through  his  city  government,  make  mutual  aid 
pacts  with  other  cities,  secure  promises  of  help  from  suburbs 
and  gear  what  outside  help  will  be  available  into  his  plans. 

This  home  army  of  civilians  upon  which  all  of  us  must  de- 
pend if  and  when  an  A-bomb  falls  is  not  purely  defensive.  If 
we  are  in  an  all-out  war,  we  will  be  expecting  our  armed  forces 
to  be  carrying  the  fight  to  the  enemy.  They  will  depend  on  us 
to  keep  the  supplies  coming  to  them,  to  protect  their  loved 
ones,  to  keep  democracy  alive  at  home.  We  must  be  prepared, 
with  an  efficient  defense  organization  to  do  that  job. 

v'.    4.     KEEPING  A-BOMBS  AWAY 
FROM  AMERICA 

Far  to  the  north  in  Canada,  along  the  Aleutian  chain  in 
Alaska,  on  Greenland  and  Iceland,  little  teams  of  men  with 
strange  electronic  instruments  stand  guard  in  the  bitter  cold 
of  winter  and  the  short,  mosquito-tormented  summer. 

They  probe  the  air  150  miles  ahead  of  them,  searching  con- 
stantly for  planes  winging  from  Siberia  or  over  the  Arctic 
Ocean.  Above  them,  and  beyond  them,  fly  American  and  Cana- 
dian planes  patrolling  our  northernmost  line  of  defense,  con- 
stantly on  the  alert  for  the  plane  that  shouldn't  be  there,  the  ship 
with  the  Russian  accent. 

There  are  three  ways  an  A-bomb  can  get  into  position  to  be 
effective  against  us:  1.  by  plane  or  guided  missile,  2.  by  ship, 
3.  in  a  suitcase  carried  by  a  man. 

There  are  many  methods  of  blocking  all  three  paths  of  de- 
livery. But  they  all  depend  on  a  vital  net  of  communications, 


KEEPING  A-BOMBS  AWAY 


51 


starting  far  from  our  borders  and  ending  up  in  information 
centers  in  your  home  town. 

We  have  worked  out  ways  of  bringing  down  planes — even 
guided  missiles — but  we  must  know  where  they  are  and  we 
must  know  soon  enough  to  be  able  to  do  the  job. 


1 


fcii 

Far  to  the  north,  little  teams  of  men  with  strange  electronic  instru- 
ments stand  guard — 

Before  it  was  announced  that  the  Russians  had  the  A-bomb 
it  was  fashionable  to  declare  that  there  was  no  defense  against 
this  awful  weapon,  that  civilization  would  go  up  in  flames  and 
radioactivity  if  it  were  ever  used.  Now  that  the  Russians  do 
have  this  weapon,  the  pendulum  has  swung  and  it  is  fashion- 
able to  discount  the  weapon.  The  truth  probably  lies  some- 
where between  the  two — the  A-bomb  is  dangerous,  but  there 
are  things  we  can  do  about  it. 

The  first  thing  our  armed  forces  can  do — although  not  first 
in  point  of  time — is  to  bomb  the  factories  where  enemy 


52  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

A-bombs  are  made  and  the  factories  where  bomb  carriers  are 
constructed.  That,  however,  will  only  come  if  and  when  a 
shooting  war  starts  with  Russia. 

In  June  and  July,  1937,  two  Russian  single-engined  planes 
took  off  from  Moscow.  They  flew  non-stop.  One  landed  at 
Vancouver,  Washington,  and  the  other  near  Los  Angeles, 
setting  a  new  world  record  for  distance.  In  this  same  feat, 
Russia  also  learned  a  great  deal  about  flying  over  the  Arctic 
and  proved,  13  years  ago,  that  if  they  want  to  bomb  the  United 
States,  one  way  to  go  is  via  the  North  Pole. 

During  World  War  II,  hundreds  of  planes  were  picked  up 
in  the  United  States  and  Alaska  by  Russian  pilots  and  ferried 
into  Siberia  and  then  on  to  the  fighting  front  against  the 
common  German  enemy.  In  addition,  the  Russians  learned  a 
great  deal  about  another  route  to  this  country. 

Russian  scientific  research  in  the  Arctic,  which  has  been 
extensive,  also  served  to  prepare  the  Russian  air  force  for 
bombing  flights  from  Soviet  bases  to  this  country  and  return. 

But  we  have  not  neglected  our  far  northern  defense  line. 
Flights  over  the  North  Pole,  once  the  subject  of  headlines,  are 
now  routine  for  our  Air  Force.  Cooperating  with  Canada,  we 
have  established  radar  stations  in  many  spots  on  the  northern 
perimeter.  Many  of  our  troops  have  been  trained  to  operate 
efficiently  and  with  deadly  effectivness  at  temperatures  below 
freezing.  Air  bases  have  been  constructed  in  Alaska  and  North- 
ern Canada  and  planes  modified  so  they  can  take  off  from  cold 
snow-packed  runways. 

Next  to  carrying  the  attack  to  the  enemy,  our  first  line  of 
defense  against  bombing  attacks  is  our  outermost  guard  posts, 
making  a  ring  around  North  America  through  which  the  Rus- 
sians will  find  it  very  difficult  to  slip  without  detection. 


KEEPING  A-BOMBS  AWAY 


53 


Planes  have  been  modified  so  they  can  take  off  from  cold,  snow- 
packed  runways — 

NEW  WEAPONS 

Once  detected,  they  must  be  kept  track  of .  Ground  radars, 
both  on  the  outer  ring  and  in  a  net  of  inner  posts,  will  do 
part  of  that  job.  And,  another  World  War  II  development 
which  has  undoubtedly  been  brought  to  even  greater  effi- 
ciency, will  do  the  rest.  That  is  the  airborne  radar. 

Fighter  planes — jet  or  conventional — equipped  with  radar 
will  seek  out  the  invader  planes  in  the  darkest  night,  through 
the  heaviest  fog.  Carrying  rockets,  small  cannon  and  machine 
guns  and  provided  in  sufficient  quantity  at  the  right  time  and 
place,  they  will  make  it  hot  for  any  invader. 

From  the  ground,  as  any  bombers  which  slip  through  ap- 
proach our  vital  targets,  will  come  the  latest  in  anti-aircraft 
fire.  Pointing  a  gun  in  the  dark  night  at  a  place  where  a  plane 
will  be  by  the  time  the  projectile  gets  high  enough  to  hit  it 
has  become  not  a  thing  that  man  does,  but  only  a  thing  that 
man  sets  going.  Remarkable  machines  have  taken  over  the 


54 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


From  the  ground  will  come  the  latest  in  anti-aircraft  fire — 

job.  And  it  happens  much  much  quicker  than  you  can  say 
"Jack  Robinson." 

The  things  the  large  anti-aircraft  guns  shoot  at  the  planes 
have  changed  too.  Projectiles  which  change  course  in  mid-air 
as  their  targets  change  course,  projectiles  which  burst  when 
they  come  a  specified  distance  away  from  their  targets — 
through  use  of  a  proximity  fuse — projectiles  with  new,  more 
dangerous  explosives  will  be  shot  at  the  invading  planes. 

We  are  helped  with  these  projects  by  the  fact  that  the  Rus- 
sian planes,  if  and  when  they  come,  must  come  far.  Plane 
designers  must  sacrifice  speed  to  distance,  or  distance  to  speed; 
they  cannot  set  two  new  world  records  with  one  plane. 

During  World  War  II  most  of  our  great  cities  were  provided 
with  a  great  network  of  searchlights  to  seek  out  and  illuminate 


KEEPING  A-BOMBS  AWAY 


55 


enemy  planes.  On  fine  nights  we  would  see  them  practicing, 
pinpointing  our  planes  high  in  the  sky.  Searchlights  will  be  a 
thing  of  the  past.  At  the  start  of  the  last  war,  radar  was  used 
to  supplement  searchlights,  was  even  used  to  help  point  the 
^searchlights — now  radar  is  all  the  illumination  we  need. 

Planes  can  come  from  submarines  which  travel  close  in  to 
our  shores.  How  far  into  the  future  this  is — for  any  great 
quantities  of  planes — isn't  known.  But  there,  the  enemy,  if 
he  should  decide  to  use  this  combination,  faces  not  only  our 
radar  net  once  the  plane  is  launched,  but  also  the  complicated 
anti-submarine  measures  of  our  navy. 

It  is  not  known  what  anyone  can  do  about  pilotless  guided 
missiles  which  come  from  thousands  of  miles  away — but,  in- 
sofar as  we  know,  they  have  not  yet  been  developed  to  a  point 
where  anyone  is  getting  serious  about  devising  defenses  against 
them.  It  is  an  old  rule  of  war  that  every  weapon  eventually 
produces  its  answer. 


Planes  can  come  from  submarines  which  travel  close  in  to  shore — 

INFORMATION  CENTERS 

Fighter  planes  do  not  fly  at  the  whim  of  the  pilot,  nor  are 
guns  shot  off  when  the  crews  themselves  decide  they  can  do  the 


56 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


most  good.  An  elaborate  network  of  communications  will  suck 
up  all  the  information  from  our  radar,  digest  it  for  our  air 
defense  commanders  and  transmit  their  orders  to  our  planes 
and  our  guns. 

In  every  possible  target  city  there  will  be  information  centers 
operating  24  hours  a  day.  Some  have  already  been  set  up,  some 
are  on  a  stand-by  basis.  They  will  be  connected  with  regional 
information  centers  and  with  each  other.  It  is  from  these  cen- 


The  paths  of  approaching  enemy  planes  will  be  plotted  on  huge 
table  maps — 


KEEPING  A-BOMBS  AWAY  57 

ters  that  the  air  defense  of  our  cities  will  be  directed.  The 
paths  of  approaching  enemy  planes  and  our  own  fighters  will 
be  plotted — perhaps  electronically  and  automatically  from 
radar  information — on  huge  table  maps.  Air  defense  officers 
and  all  their  liaison  officers  from  other  services  will  actually 
be  able  to  watch  the  course  of  action  on  these  table  maps, 
almost  as  if  they  were  watching  a  television  screen.  They  will 
have  under  instant  control  all  the  forces  necessary  to  fight  off 
the  enemy  and,  during  combat,  they  will  be  in  constant  com- 
munication with  our  pilots,  our  radars  and  our  gun  crews. 

One  of  the  liaison  officers  assigned  to  an  information  center 
will  be  a  civil  defense  official.  From  the  air  defense  officer  and 
from  the  table  map,  he  will  know  when  to  alert  a  city,  when 
to  mobilize  his  forces  against  possible  falling  bombs. 

Working  in  these  nerve  centers  and  manning  the  communi- 
cations lines  which  keep  them  alive  will  be  thousands  of  civilian 
volunteers.  Thousands  worked  in  similar  places  during  the 
last  war.  If  and  when  an  A-bomb  falls,  it  will  not  be  merely  a 
matter  of  tracking  friendly  planes  and  taking  part  in  practice 
exercises  as  it  was  the  last  time.  It  will  be  the  real  thing — for 
the  military  forces  and  the  civilians  alike. 

The  control,  supervision  and  inspection  of  ships  entering 
our  harbors  have  already  been  put  into  operation  and  will  be 
tightened  up  even  further  if  world  tension  increases.  Discovery 
of  aa  A-bomb  before  it  goes  off  is  difficult.  They  can  be  small 
— much  smaller  than  the  early  models  dropped  on  Nagasaki 
and  Hiroshima.  A  Geiger  counter  or  other  radiation  detector 
is  no  good. 

But  thorough  inspection  will  still  do  the  job.  After  all,  an 
A-bomb  is  nothing  you  can  hide  in  your  hat.  In  addition,  while 
one  or  two  A-bomb  carrying  ships  might  get  into  one  or  two 


58 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


A-bombs  may  be  carried  in  over  a  land  border  in  a  suitcase — 

ports  without  discovery,  it  would  be  hard  to  imagine  a  fleet 
of  ships  carrying  enough  bombs  to  make  a  difference  in  our 
industrial  potential  doing  the  trick. 

The  same  principles  hold  true  with  the  third  method  of 
bringing  A-bombs  into  our  country — carrying  them  over  a 
land  border  in  a  suitcase.  Customs  inspections,  border  patrols 
already  operating  at  reinforced  levels  will  prevent  most  from 
getting  through  if  the  enemy  should  try  this  method. 

It  is  important  to  realize  that,  while  our  defenses  around 
our  borders  may  be  as  tight  as  we  can  get  them,  while  our 
weapons  are  up  to  date  and  our  men  eager,  alert  and  well 
trained,  if  a  determined  A-bomb  attack  comes,  we  will  not  be 
able  to  prevent  all  the  bombs  from  getting  through. 

A  determined  A-bomb  attack  will  be  one  mounted  in  great 
force.  Large  numbers  of  planes,  bearing  large  numbers  of 
bombs  and  directed  at  many  targets  will  come  at  once.  The 
enemy  will  calculate  whether  he  will  lose  too  many  of  the 
precious  and  very  expensive  A-bombs  before  they  reach  their 
targets  to  make  such  an  attack  worth  while.  He  will  estimate 


KINDS  OF  RADIATION  59 

the  effectiveness  of  our  radar,  our  guns  and  our  planes.  Then, 
calculating  what  percentage  of  A-bombs  might  get  through 
to  their  targets,  he  will  estimate  the  effectiveness  of  our  civil 
defense  measures  in  getting  our  cities  back  on  their  feet  again. 
If  he  thinks  the  game  will  not  be  worth  the  candles — and 
these  are  most  expensive  candles — he  won't  come. 

5.     KINDS  OF  A-BOMB  RADIATION 

You  are  standing  on  an  open,  shadowless  plain  beneath  a 
sun  suddenly  come  close  to  the  earth.  From  the  searing  sky, 
invisible  bullets  speed  at  you.  Some  are  small,  some  large,  yet 
all  are  so  tiny  you  can  neither  see  nor  feel  them  when  they 
strike.  They  leave  no  bullet  holes,  yet  inside  your  body  they 
are  tearing  apart  the  substance  of  muscle  and  bone  marrow, 
exploding  the  individual  cells  of  your  blood,  leaving  a  trail  of 
devastation  through  solid  tissue. 

There  is  an  igloo  near  you  made  of  stone.  You  crawl  inside. 
The  terrible  heat  is  gone.  But  the  stone  walls  are  only  a  foot 
thick.  They  cannot  stop  the  invisible  bullets.  Still  they  come, 
and  there  is  no  escape.  You  die  a  horrible,  frightening  death. 

This  is  sheer  nightmare  of  the  imagination.  It  is  so  much 
bunk.  Ever  since  science  unlocked  the  atom's  power,  alarmists 
have  been  screaming,  "The  Geigers  will  get  you  if  you  don't 
watch  out!"  The  public  has  been  bombarded  with  graphic 
descriptions  of  entire  cities  suddenly  left  echoing  wastelands, 
of  water  supplies  contaminated  with  invisible  death,  of  men 
in  gas  masks  and  lead-lined  suits  moving  slowly  through  an 
undamaged  town  waving  the  mysterious  antenna  of  radiation 
counters.  The  nameless,  gnawing  fear  which  came  to  the  world 
with  the  first  atomic  bomb  is  largely  based  upon  this  bogey — 


60 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


Radiation.  The  bomb  brought  the  greatest  explosive  blast  that 
man  has  yet  devised.  It  brought  heat  which  etches  shadows 
into  granite.  But  these  were  familiar  dangers,  forces  which  had 
been  released  for  centuries  by  ordinary  bombs  on  a  far  smaller 
scale.  The  unknown,  the  new  hazard  to  human  life,  was  radi- 
ation. And  fear  walks  the  pathways  of  the  unknown. 

WHAT  IS  RADIATION? 

Actually,  you  have  been  exposed  to  constant  radiation  since 
the  day  you  were  born.  From  outer  space,  particles  of  energy 
called  cosmic  rays  are  constantly  bombarding  the  atmosphere. 
Some  get  through  to  the  earth's  surface.  They  pass  through 
the  walls  of  your  home,  through  the  top  of  your  car,  and  into 
your  body.  You  can  hear  these  rays  with  a  Geiger  counter.  The 
slow,  unsteady  clicking  of  the  instrument  is  the  sound  made  by 
cosmic  rays.  Atomic  parlance  calls  it  background  radiation. 


You  hove  been  exposed  to  constant  radiation  since  the  day  you 
were  born — 

You  are  also  barraged  to  a  lesser  extent  by  radioactivity 
from  the  earth  beneath  you.  There  are  metals  in  the  earth's 
crust,  such  as  uranium  or  radium  or  thorium,  which  occur 
partly  in  radioactive  form.  These  "isotopes"  are  unbalanced  in 


KINDS  OF  RADIATION  61 

the  way  they  are  built.  Thus  they  are  constantly  changing, 
shaking  themselves  down  to  different  forms  of  the  same  ele- 
ment, or  to  completely  different  elements.  Sometimes  they  go 
through  several  transformations,  until  the  end  product  is  a 
material  at  balance  with  nature,  a  stable  element.  For  example, 
uranium  in  the  earth  changes  to  radium,  then  to  a  gas  called 
radon,  and  finally,  after  many  thousands  of  years,  to  ordinary 
lead.  This  process  goes  on  wherever  uranium  occurs  in  the 
earth,  locked  in  rock  in  minute  amounts. 

When  miners  dig  this  ore  from  the  earth,  and  engineers 
laboriously  separate  the  uranium,  and  physicists  carefully 
bring  larger  and  larger  amounts  of  it  together,  the  decomposi- 
tion process  can  be  speeded  up.  When  the  amount  of  the 
unstable  type  of  uranium  or  plutonium  passes  what  is  known 
as  the  "critical  mass,"  the  coming  apart  process  flashes  through 
the  individual  atoms  in  a  chain  reaction,  and  there  is  an  atomic 
explosion.  What  takes  thousands  of  years  in  nature  is  made  to 
happen  in  a  millionth  of  a  second  in  the  bomb. 

In  whatever  way  this  magic  transformation  occurs,  there 
are  thrown  off  tiny  particles,  together  with  rays  of  electrical 
energy,  which  account  for  the  change  in  weight  of  the  original 
unstable  atoms.  Even  on  this  smallest  of  all  scales,  the  funda- 
mental law  of  conservation  still  works.  Nothing  is  ever  lost  in 
this  world. 

Radioactivity  is  like  a  dog  shaking  itself  after  being  in  the 
water.  The  dog  is  wet  and  doesn't  like  it.  He  is  "unstable";  so 
he  shakes.  The  drops  of  water  fly  into  the  air.  The  dog  is  drier 
and  thus  happier.  But  that  does  not  mean  the  extra  water  has 
disappeared.  It  is  there  on  the  ground. 

Radiation  is  the  rain  of  particles  and  energy  from  an  atom 
shaking  itself  or  being  shaken  by  man.  It  comes  in  small  drops 


62 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


Radioactivity  is  like  a  dog  shaking  itself  after  being  in  the  water  — 


and  in  larger  drops  and  in  the  units  of  energy  called  photons. 
Ordinary  light  is  made  up  of  photon  rays.  So  are  X-rays. 

Each  individual  particle  or  ray  is  indescribably  small.  Mov- 
ing out  from  an  atom,  they  can  pass  through  air,  whose  mole- 
cules are  far  apart;  through  water,  whose  molecules  are  closer 
together;  through  steel  or  concrete  or  lead,  whose  molecules 
are  closely  crowded.  Some  of  the  particles  can  travel  farther 
through  these  various  meshes  than  others.  Some  can  bounce 
off  obstacles  and  keep  going.  Some  will  be  stopped  almost 
immediately.  Fire  a  shotgun  through  a  room  full  of  medicine 
balls  hung  from  the  ceiling.  Some  of  the  pellets  will  get  through. 
Throw  a  basketball  through  the  same  room.  Chances  are  it 
won't  go  very  far.  The  same  happens  to  atomic  particles. 

When  an  atomic  bomb  explodes,  there  is  a  tremendous 
initial  burst  of  radiation  —  that  is,  nuclear  radiation  as  differ- 
entiated from  the  radiation  of  pure  heat.  After  the  explosion 
there  is  residual  radiation.  This  is  caused  by  the  fission 


KINDS  OF  RADIATION 


63 


products  of  the  bomb  which  fall  to  earth,  and  by  the  materials, 
dirt  or  water  or  steel,  which  were  close  enough  to  the  bomb's 
explosion  to  be  made  radioactive  by  the  initial  radiation. 
Whereas  the  initial  blast  of  radiation  is  over  in  a  few  seconds, 
the  residual  radioactivity  may  linger  on  for  hours  or  days  or 
hundreds  of  years. 

INITIAL  RADIATION 

Different  types  of  atomic  bullets  are  sent  off  in  the  A-bomb's 
colossal  blast.  There  are  four  kinds  of  radiation  which  are  a 
hazard  to  human  health  if  received  in  large  enough  amounts. 

1.  Alpha — Relatively  heavy  particles  made  up  of  two 
protons,  each  having  one  positive  charge,  and  two  neutrons, 
which  have  no  charge.  Alpha  particles  are  so  big  they  are 
like  the  basketball  thrown  into  a  room  full  of  medicine  balls. 
They  are  stopped  in  air  in  less  than  two  inches.  They  can  go 
only  an  infinitesimal  distance  in  water.  They  are  stopped  cold 
by  light  cotton  clothing,  and  may  not  even  pierce  the  skin. 

If  radioactive  dust  giving  off  alpha  particles  is  inhaled  or 
eaten  with  food,  however,  it  may  have  grave  effects  within  the 


Residual  radioactivity  may  linger  on  for  days  or  yean 


64  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

body.  If  enough  is  absorbed  in  the  system,  alpha  emitters  can 
kill.  Materials  which  give  off  alpha  particles  include  uranium 
and  plutonium.  When  an  atom  bomb  explodes,  most  of  the  ura- 
nium or  plutonium  atoms  do  not  break  apart,  but  fall  to  earth. 
Poisoning  by  them  is  possible,  but  far  from  likely  unless  an 
enemy  sows  them  deliberately. 

2.  Beta — Electrons  moving  at  high  speed.  Because  elec- 
trons are  extremely  light  in  comparison  to  alpha  particles, 
they  bounce  off  atoms  and  molecules  in  their  path  very  eas- 
ily. They  thus  have  little  effective  penetrating  power,  even 
in  the  air.  Those  shot  off  from  an  atomic  burst  are  not  con- 
sidered dangerous  in  themselves.  But  beta  radiation  is  created 
by  other  forms  of  radiation  striking  stable  atoms.  If  those 
atoms  are  within  the  body,  beta  will  contribute  to  the  over-all 
radiation  injury. 


Four  kinds  of  radiation,  left  to  right:  Alpha,  Beta,  Gamma,  and 
Neutrons — 

3.  Gamma — Ultra  short  waves  of  pure  electro-magnetic 
energy,  made  up  of  photons.  The  atomic  bomb  emits  these 
rays  at  great  energies.  They  are  extremely  penetrating,  and 
travel  farthest  from  the  point  of  burst  of  any  form  of  radia- 
tion. They  move  in  a  straight  line  and  can  give  an  unpro- 
tected person  a  lethal  dose  at  4,200  feet.  Protection  from 
them,  at  3,000  feet  from  the  burst  of  a  nominal  atomic  bomb 
(20,000  tons  of  TNT),  is  a  matter  of  four  inches  of  solid 
steel  or  12  inches  of  concrete.  They  can  go  right  through  the 


KINDS  OF   RADIATION 


65 


human  body,  and  leave  a  path  of  injured  cells  behind  them. 
4.  Neutrons — Particles  from  the  atom's  center  which 
carry  no  electrical  charge,  but  which  are  1800  times  the  size 
of  electrons.  A  great  burst  of  neutrons  accompanies  atomic 
fission.  Like  gamma  rays,  they  can  penetrate  air  for  consid- 
erable distances  and  are  a  menace  to  the  human  body.  They 
are  the  other  major  radiation  hazard  of  the  atomic  bomb. 


Neutrons  are  subject  to  elastic  scattering — 
Unlike  gamma  radiation  (which  are  rays  rather  than  par- 
ticles) neutrons  bounce  off  the  molecules  of  the  air,  water  or 
solid  matter  through  which  they  pass.  Thus  they  follow  a  tor- 
tuous path  through  the   atmosphere — what  physicists   call 


66  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

"elastic  scattering" — and  can  come  at  you  from  any  direc- 
tion. Any  sort  of  shield  against  radiation  within  the  lethal 
range  of  neutrons — about  2,400  feet  for  a  nominal  bomb 
— must  protect  you  from  the  rear  as  well  as  in  the  direction 
facing  the  bomb's  burst. 

Neutrons  are  released  when  an  atom  breaks  apart.  They 
are  the  bullets  which  produce  a  chain  reaction. 

Once  set  free,  when  they  collide  with  atoms  of  stable  mate- 
rials they  knock  off  electrons,  producing  beta  radiation.  They 
also  can  agitate  the  atoms  so  that  gamma  rays  are  shot  off. 
Or  they  may  be  absorbed  completely  by  atoms  they  strike. 
In  that  event,  the  atoms  become  radioactive.  This  is  what  is 
meant  by  induced  radioactivity.  It  happens  to  a  small  extent 
in  an  atomic  burst  in  the  air,  and  to  a  much  greater  extent 
when  the  bomb  is  set  off  underwater  or  near  the  ground.  If 
the  neutrons  are  moving  at  high  enough  energies,  they  can 
completely  split  an  atom  they  hit,  causing  fission.  The  un- 
founded fear  that  neutrons  might  split  the  atoms  of  the  air 
or  the  sea  was  the  basis  for  the  dire  predictions  of  some 
scientists  that  an  atomic  chain  explosion  would  blow  up  the 
world  from  a  single  bomb.  This  has  been  shown  to  be  non- 
sense. Chain  fission  happens  only  under  artificial,  extremely 
unstable  conditions  imposed  by  man. 

RESIDUAL  RADIATION 

It  is  upon  the  amount  of  residual  radioactivity  that  the  real 
radiation  danger  of  an  atomic  explosion  is  largely  judged.  This 
is  not  to  say  that  you  cannot  receive  a  lethal  dose  from  the 
first  flash  of  the  bomb.  But  if  you  are  within  radiation's  death 
circle,  it  is  almost  certain  that  you  will  also  be  injured  or  killed 
outright  by  the  blast  wave  or  the  heat  of  the  bomb,  falling 


KINDS  OF  RADIATION 


67 


buildings  or  burning  rubble.  Another  way  of  putting  it:  If, 
after  an  atomic  bomb  bursts,  you  can  dust  yourself  off  and 
walk  away,  there  is  not  much  chance  of  your  having  absorbed 
a  deadly  dose  of  radiation. 


If  you  can  dust  yourself  off  and  walk  away,  there  is  not  much  chance 
of  your  having  absorbed  a  deadly  dose  of  radiation — 

An  A-bomb  burst  at  2,000  feet  in  the  air  is  believed  to  do 
the  greatest  physical  damage  to  a  target.  At  this  height,  blast 
is  free  to  act  over  the  widest  area.  But  the  height  also  means 
that  there  will  be  relatively  little  radioactivity  induced  on 
the  ground,  and  the  "hot"  fission  products  of  the  bomb  will 
be  scattered  over  a  wide  area.  Atomic  Energy  Commission 
scientists  and  Defense  Department  officers  say  there  is  little 
to  fear  from  left-over  radioactivity  following  an  air  burst. 

It  is  in  an  atomic  explosion  underwater  or  under  the  ground 
that  residual  radioactivity  might  assume  serious  proportions. 


68  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

Then  the  water  or  the  earth  surrounding  the  giant  burst  of 
neutrons  is  made  intensely  radioactive.  It  is  thrown  high  in 
the  air  for  the  wind  to  scatter,  covering  the  surrounding  area 
with  a  thin  layer  of  material  which  will  produce  dangerous 
amounts  of  radiation  for  days  or  even  months.  Radiation  men 
will  have  to  move  in  with  their  black  boxes,  and  entire  city 
populations  may  have  to  be  evacuated  for  a  time,  fleeing  an 
invisible  menace  which  no  one  can  see. 

6.     THE  DANGER  OF  RADIO- 
ACTIVE POISONING 

Radioactivity  is  a  dangerous  aftermath  of  an  A-bomb  ex- 
plosion. The  explosion  itself  can  produce  radioactivity  in 
common  materials  close  to  the  point  of  explosion,  and  an 
underwater  blast  would  drench  relatively  large  areas  with 
dangerous  spray  and  vapor.  The  atmosphere  would  be  con- 
taminated with  debris  of  the  A-bomb. 

This  sort  of  radioactivity  would  be  dangerous  enough,  but 
there  is  a  possibility  that  an  invisible  radioactive  "dust  sand" 
could  spread  over  cities  of  the  earth  and  kill  their  populations 
with  radioactivity  without  the  noisy  warning  of  an  A-bomb. 

There  has  been  less  discussion  about  this  specter  of  radio- 
active poisons  than  about  the  A-bomb  itself.  The  famous 
Smyth  Report  of  1945  contained  a  brief  reviewing  paragraph 
on  the  danger.  In  1948  an  Austrian  by  the  name  of  Dr.  Hans 
Thirring  discussed  the  danger.  Official  documents  in  1950 
alerted  the  American  people  with  considerable  brevity.  The 
Atomic  Energy  Commission  has  reported  that  studies  on  the 
feasibility  of  radiological  substances  as  a  method  of  warfare 
are  being  continued.  The  official  designation  of  this  type  of 


RADIOACTIVE  POISONING 


69 


weapon  is  RW,  standing  for  radiological  weapon.  Ex-Secre- 
tary of  Defense,  Louis  Johnson,  reported  the  possibility  of 
RW  as  an  outgrowth  of  atomic  energy  applications  for  na- 
tional defense.  He  warned  in  an  official  report  that  every  atom- 
ic pile  of  suitable  size,  irrespective  of  its  design  or  purpose,  is 
a  potential  source  of  a  significant  quantity  of  RW  agents. 

He  told  the  American  people  that  RW  weapons  could  be 
made  available  in  another  country  whether  or  not  they  pro- 
duced an  atomic  bomb. 

Obviously,  RW  is  at  present  a  "mystery  weapon"  to  the 
dangers  of  which  American  officials  are  alert. 

WHAT  IS  RW? 

What  would  be  done  to  prepare  to  use  RW  would  be  to 
collect  the  debris  of  smashed  uranium  atoms  from  atomic 
furnaces  in  which  fissionable  material  is  being  burned.  About 
a  dozen  of  these  products  would  be  useful  in  warfare.  These 
emit  beta  rays  (electrons)  or  gamma  rays  of  substantial  en- 
ergy, and  half  of  their  substance  would  be  disintegrated  in 
periods  from  about  a  week  to  a  year. 


Very  fine  sand  coated  with  radioactive  poisons  could  be  spread 
thinly  over  the  area — 


70  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

Very  fine  sand  would  be  coated  with  these  radioactive  poi- 
sons and  spread  very  thinly  over  the  area  where  it  is  desired 
to  wipe  out  life. 

The  person  in  a  poisoned  area  has  no  way  of  knowing  that 
he  is  in  danger  either  by  the  evidence  of  his  senses  or  by  any 
unsophisticated  tests.  He  may  receive  a  lethal  dose  of  radia- 
tion before  he  knows  that  he  is  endangered,  and  yet  a  few  days 
later  he  may  die.  Radioactivity  detectors  would  tell  of  the 
danger.  If  a  person  is  aware  of  the  danger  he  may  survive  if 
he  flees  the  area  at  once  with  a  dampened  handkerchief  over 
his  nose  and  mouth.  Walls  of  a  sturdy  building  or  even  heavy 
clothing  would  lower  exposure  risk,  but  half  an  hour  of 
breathing  of  dust  stirred  up  by  passing  winds  would  give  a 
fatal  internal  dose. 

Radioactive  "death  sand"  because  of  its  novel  and  unique 
properties  may  be  useful  in  special  situations,  but  its  proper 
use  in  war  would  be  very  difficult. 

The  "death  sand"  is  prepared  by  drying  fission  product  salt 
solutions  on  sand  or  metal  powder.  It  is  described  as  the  light- 
est and  most  transportable  of  all  the  weapons  of  mass  destruc- 
tion. A  highly  deadly  layer  on  the  surface  of  the  ground  would 
weigh  almost  nothing  and  would  be  quite  invisible. 

Enough  radioactive  fission  products  are  produced  each 
month  at  the  Hanford,  Wash.,  plant  to  contaminate  144 
square  miles,  or  more  than  six  times  the  area  of  Manhattan. 

It  is  not  considered  now  too  practical  to  separate  the  prod- 
ucts of  the  atomic  pile  needed  in  radiological  warfare. 

RADIOACTIVITY  FROM  THE  SUPERBOMB 

With  the  development  of  the  hydrogen  superbomb,  a  great- 
er radioactivity  danger  to  the  world  would  be  imminent. 


RADIOACTIVE  POISONING 


71 


Radioactivity  from  superbombs  could  completely  destroy 
life  on  a  whole  continental  area.  That  is  one  of  the  threats 
of  the  hydrogen  bomb  to  our  civilization.  The  complete  de- 
struction of  a  large  city  by  one  H-bomb  is  appaling  enough. 
But  experts  see  even  grimmer  possibilities  in  the  radioactivity 
that  can  be  produced  by  the  superbombs. 

Radioactive  materials  in  great  amount  could  be  flung  into 
the  atmosphere  if  the  conditions  of  the  explosion  of  the  hydro- 
gen bomb  were  carefully  selected.  Actually  the  effects  of  neu- 
trons and  hard  gamma  radiation  (X-rays)  from  a  hydrogen 
bomb  would  not  extend  much  father  from  the  blast  center  than 
they  would  in  the  case  of  an  atomic  or  fission  bomb. 

The  debris  of  a  hydrogen  bomb  would  not  be  much  more 
radioactive  than  remains  of  the  uranium  or  plutonium  bomb 
set  off  within  it  to  trigger  it.  But  a  great  blast  of  neutrons  and 
other  radiation  would  be  produced,  extremely  intense  within 


Explode  a  series  of  H-bombs  in  the  Pacific  and  radioactive  winds 
could  carry  devastation  across  continental  United  States — 


72  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

the  explosion  area.  This  radiation  could  be  used  to  create 
radioactive  poison  contaminants  of  the  atmosphere  in  large 
quantity.  For  many  miles  away  from  the  blast  and  damage 
area  fine  particles  of  what  amounts  to  "artificial  radium" 
would  fill  the  air  and  be  transported  on  every  wind,  sickening 
man,  beast  and  plants  alike  and  wiping  them  out. 

Explode  a  series  of  H-bombs  in  the  Pacific  and  radioactive 
winds  would  carry  devastation  across  continental  United 
States.  Lay  down  bombs  along  the  line  of  the  iron  curtain  and 
death  would  sweep  over  the  U.S.S.R. 

THE  USE  OF  RADIOACTIVE  ISOTOPES 

The  marvelous  development  of  artificial  radioactive  iso- 
topes, so  useful  in  medical,  biological  and  industrial  research, 
tells  how  hydrogen  and  atomic  bombs  can  be  used  for  such 
poisonous,  radioactive  warfare. 

Around  the  bomb  materials,  or  mixed  in  with  them,  would 
be  placed  large  quantities  of  elements  that  would  be  trans- 
formed by  neutrons  into  intensely  radioactive  substances. 
Everyone  knows  what  some  of  these  might  be.  Use  cobalt 
metal  and  the  air  will  be  filled  with  the  radium  substitute  now 
being  used  extensively  in  hospitals  for  irradiating  cancers.  This 
radiocobalt  lasts  a  relatively  long  time,  since  only  half  of  it  is 
radiated  away  in  five  years.  The  debris  of  a  cobalt-reinforced 
hydrogen  bomb  would  persist  for  years,  and  its  deadly  dust 
would  be  carried  around  the  earth  by  the  atmospheric  circula- 
tion, just  as  the  dust  of  the  explosion  of  Krakatau  volcano  in 
1883  reddened  sunsets  of  the  world  for  years  afterwards. 

There  are  much  shorter-lived  radiosotopes,  such  as  radio- 
iodine,  made  in  the  atomic  reactors  by  neutron  bombardment. 
Iodine's  radiations  wear  out  much  faster,  since  its  half-life  is 


RADIOACTIVE  POISONING 


73 


only  13  days,  but  it  is  very  intense  at  first.  To  an  enemy  popu- 
lation it  would  be  a  dangerous  dose.  It  would  bombard  every- 
thing in  the  same  way  that,  medically,  it  is  now  used  to  destroy 
and  reduce  the  activity  of  the  thyroid  gland  when  it  is  over- 
active  or  cancerous. 

Other  artificially  radioactive  substances  could  be  created 
in  the  hydrogen  bomb  blast.  Some  of  them  undoubtedly  would 
be  most  effective  for  warfare. 

Would  our  nation  use  such  radioactive  warfare?  Would  a 
potential  enemy  launch  this  new  and  insidious  attack,  just  as 
the  Germans  started  gas  warfare  in  the  First  World  War? 

Against  such  radioactive  poisons  there  seems  to  be  little 
chance  of  real  protection.  It  might  wipe  out  life  on  the  earth. 
Crops,  animals,  and  all  other  living  things  would  be  affected. 
A  fortunate  few  might  be  able  to  survive  the  attack  by  wear- 
ing protective  clothing  and  masks  to  filter  out  the  radioactive 
dust. 


Against  such  radioactive  poisons  there  seems  fo  be  little  chance  of 
real  protection — 

These  are  realities  of  the  atomic  dilemma  that  faces  the 
world.  In  other  nations,  people  and  officials  are  asking  the 


74 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


same  questions  with  the  same  indecision  and  gnawing  fear, 
so  far  as  they  are  allowed  to  know  the  facts. 

7.     HOW  TO  DETECT  RADIATION 

Before  it  kills,  carbon  monoxide  makes  you  drowsy.  A  phy- 
sical wound  breaks  the  skin  and  tears  the  flesh;  pain  answers 
in  indignation  and  blood  points  to  the  wound.  Fire  sends  heat 
ahead  of  it  to  lick  at  the  surface  of  the  body,  and  the  nerves 
scream  their  alarm  of  danger.  But  against  radiation,  man's 
body  has  no  natural  defense  nor  even  a  warning  system.  Radia- 
tion can  do  irreparable  harm,  yet  there  is  no  sixth  sense  to 
tell  you  that  it  is  striking.  You  can  neither  see,  feel,  taste, 
smell  nor  touch  it. 


Danger  will  be  foretold  by  ingenious  instruments — 


HOW  TO  DETECT  RADIATION  75 

How  then  are  victims  or  potential  victims  of  radiation  to 
know  whence  or  when  the  danger  comes?  The  answer  lies  in 
a  number  of  ingenious  instruments  which  science  is  already 
using,  and  in  others,  still  on  the  drawing  boards,  which  may 
someday  be  an  essential  item  in  your  own  home.  If  atomic 
attack  came  tomorrow  however,  the  real  answer  is  that  victims 
probably  would  not  know.  They  would  have  to  be  told  by  fast- 
moving  crews  of  radiation  monitors  using  the  complex  instru- 
ments now  available.  These  are  man's  artificial  sixth,  seventh 
and  eighth  senses. 

Radioactivity  has  become  synonymous  in  the  public  mind 
with  the  long-famous  Geiger-Muller  counter.  Yet  this  elec- 
tronic gadget  is  neither  the  oldest  nor  the  most  important  of 
the  indicators  which  now  measure  the  atom's  energy. 


Film  can  be  used  to  show  that  radiation  has  struck — 


76  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

PHOTOGRAPHIC  FILM 

Radioactivity  in  general,  and  the  X-ray  in  particular,  were 
both  discovered  by  the  effect  radiation  has  on  photographic 
film.  The  chemicals  in  photographic  emulsion  are  sensitive  to 
electrically  charged  particles  as  well  as  to  electromagnetic 
rays  such  as  light.  Thus  film  can  be  used  to  show  —  after  it 
has  happened  —  that  radiation  has  struck.  When  the  film  is 
developed  and  evaluated  by  men  trained  in  the  art,  blacken- 
ing and  fogging  will  give  a  rough  measure  of  the  amount  of 
radiation  which  has  fallen. 

WILSON  CLOUD  CHAMBER 

Radiation  creates  a  path  of  electrically  disturbed  atoms  in 
air  through  which  it  passes.  These  disturbed  particles,  called 
ions,  will  act  as  the  cores  for  tiny  droplets  of  water,  if  the  air 
has  a  high  enough  water  vapor  content.  One  of  the  earliest 
ways  found  to  detect  radiation  was  in  a  container  of  super- 
humid  air.  The  track  of  atomic  particles  passing  through  the 
chamber  is  clearly  visible  in  thin  streaks  of  fog.  These  atomic 
vapor  trails  were  first  observed  in  1912,  and  have  been  widely 
used  since  then  in  the  study  of  cosmic  rays.  But  for  measuring 
large  amounts,  the  Wilson  cloud  chamber  is  not  practical. 

IONIZATION  CHAMBERS 

If  ionization  of  air  occurs  between  two  poles  bearing  oppo- 
site charges  of  static  electricity,  a  current  will  flow  between 
the  poles.  As  more  and  more  ions  are  produced  the  charge 
across  the  gap  will  diminish.  This  drop  in  static  charge  may 
be  measured,  and  is  in  turn  a  measure  of  the  amount  of  radia- 
tion which  has  passed  between  the  electrodes.  An  instrument 
of  this  type  is  known  as  an  ionization  chamber. 


HOW  TO  DETECT  RADIATION  77 

Simple  and  rugged  devices  built  on  this  principle  are  now 
in  use  in  American  nuclear  laboratories  and  atom  bomb  fac- 
tories. Workers  carry  a  tube  similar  to  a  fountain  pen  in  size 
and  shape.  An  even  newer  type  is  a  capsule  worn  on  the  lapel. 
At  the  end  of  the  day,  these  are  collected  and  their  electrical 
charges  measured  on  an  electrical  indicator.  The  dose  of 
radiation  to  which  the  worker  has  been  exposed  during  the 
day  can  thus  be  determined.  Like  the  strips  of  photographic 
film  which  the  workers  in  AEC  plants  also  carry,  however, 
these  detectors  tell  only  of  radiation  already  received. 


An  even  newer  type  of  detection  instrument  is  a  capsule  worn  on 
the  lapel — 

ELECTROSCOPE 

If  a  super-thin  piece  of  gold  leaf  or  metal-coated  quartz 
fiber  is  attached  to  one  of  the  electrodes  in  the  ionization 
chamber,  it  gives  a  visual  indication  of  the  electrical  charge 
by  bending  away  from  the  electrode.  Thus,  by  putting  a  scale 
into  the  instrument,  a  self -reading  "dosemeter"  is  obtained. 
The  rate  at  which  the  fiber  moves  is  a  measure  of  the  rate  of 
radiation.  This  principle  is  used  in  another  pocket  detector 
like  the  fountain  pen  and  in  large  instruments  used  to  check 
wide  areas  where  radioactivity  is  suspected. 


78  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

PROPORTIONAL  COUNTERS 

If  a  battery  is  connected  to  the  electrodes,  the  amount  of 
current  which  flows  through  the  circuit  will  show  how  fast 
the  charge  on  the  electrodes  is  being  dissipated  by  radiation. 
This  current  is  extremely  small,  but  it  can  be  boosted  by 
vacuum  tubes.  A  dial  reading  can  be  obtained  which  will  show 
the  rate  of  incoming  radiation. 

If  certain  gases  are  used  instead  of  air,  and  high  voltages 
are  used,  a  single  radiation  produces  more  ionization.  Pulses 
of  current  result,  which  can  be  easily  measured.  This  is  the 
principle  of  devices  known  as  proportional  counters,  which 
are  widely  used  for  measuring  contamination  on  hands  or 
clothing,  tables  and  other  surfaces.  They  will  be  extremely 
valuable  in  checking  residual  radioactivity  after  an  atomic 
bomb  explosion,  or  in  the  event  of  radiological  poisoning. 

GEIGER-MULLER  COUNTER 

The  familiar  "click-click-click"  of  the  Geiger  counter  is  the 
warning  rattle  of  the  atom.  Each  click  is  a  pulse  of  ionization 
caused  by  an  individual  particle  or  unit  of  radiation.  Because 
this  famed  instrument  can  pick  up  even  a  single  ray,  and  is 
easily  portable,  it  is  the  instrument  which  will  probably  give 
the  first  signs  that  radiation  is  present  in  an  atomic  attack. 

Actually,  the  Geiger  counter  is  nothing  more  than  a  stepped- 
up  ionization  chamber.  Its  heart  is  a  glass  or  metal  tube  with 
a  wire  running  through  it  lengthwise.  The  tube  contains  gas 
at  low  pressure.  High  voltage  is  applied  to  establish  a  strong 
electrical  field  between  the  wire  and  the  tube.  The  voltage  is 
such  that  the  gas  is  just  about  ready  to  "break  down."  This 
delicate  electrical  balance  is  broken  by  a  ray  penetrating  the 
walls  of  the  tube.  The  ray  rips  apart  the  atoms  of  the  gas, 


HOW  TO  DETECT  RADIATION  79 

producing  free  electrons.  The  electrons  rush  to  the  central 
wire  and  a  click,  or  pulse,  results  in  the  listener's  earphones. 

Geiger  counters  will  be  the  unsleeping  mechanical  police- 
men of  the  atomic  age.  They  can  tell  when  any  radioactive 
material  is  in  the  vicinity,  and  give  a  rough  indication  of  the 
strength  of  its  radiation.  But  they  require  large  amounts  of 
power.  They  do  not  differentiate,  normally,  between  the  var- 
ious types  of  radiation.  They  count  beta  particles  with  much 
more  efficiency  than  gamma  rays,  and  alpha  particles  only  if 
the  counter  is  equipped  with  a  very  delicate  "window." 

The  Geiger  counter  will  be  used  by  monitoring  crews  to 
track  down  radiation,  but  other  instruments  will  be  necessary 
to  tell  the  exact  hazards  to  health  of  radioactive  poisons  or 
by-products  of  the  bomb. 


The  Geiger  counter  is  easily  portable — 

SCINTILLATION  COUNTERS 

When  radiation  strikes  certain  types  of  crystals,  the  struc- 
ture of  the  crystals  becomes  electrically  excited.  The  crystals 


80 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


fluoresce  —  that  is,  they  give  off  light.  The  amount  of  light 
released  is  very  small,  but  it  may  be  focussed  on  a  light-sensi- 
tive electron  tube  and  thus  measured.  This  type  of  instrument, 
called  a  scintillation  counter,  has  been  used  mainly  in  the 
laboratory  to  study  radiation.  But  a  portable  counter  is  now 
being  developed  at  Brookhaven  National  Laboratory  which 
scientists  think  will  be  able  to  measure  gamma  rays  in  places 
where  the  radiation  is  so  strong  other  instruments  break  down. 

ATOMIC  DETECTORS  FOR  YOU 


A  simple,  sturdy  radiation  meter — 

For  any  nation-wide  program  of  defense  against  atomic 
weapons,  tens  or  hundreds  of  thousands  of  detection  instru- 
ments will  be  needed.  They  must  be  simple  to  operate,  rugged 
and  dependable.  They  must  be  inexpensive  and  widely  distrib- 


HOW  TO  DETECT  RADIATION  81 

uted.  Since  the  fall  of  1949,  Atomic  Energy  Commission  scien- 
tists have  been  working  at  top  speed  to  find  instruments  which 
meet  these  specifications. 

At  Oak  Ridge,  Tenn.,  AEC  instrument  specialists  are  work- 
ing on  a  simple  sturdy  meter  which  is  the  size  of  a  package  of 
cigarettes.  Based  on  the  ionization  chamber  principle,  it  will 
measure  the  dose  of  radiation  its  owner  is  receiving  at  any 
time,  and  thus  will  offer  ample  warning  if  a  particular  area  is 
"hot."  A  similar  radiation  meter  has  been  invented  by  a  father- 
and-son  scientific  team  at  California  Institute  of  Technology, 
Drs.  Charles  C.  Lauritsen  and  Thomas  Lauritsen.  Their  device 
can  be  either  cigarette-package  size  or  small  enough  to  be  worn 
on  the  wrist  like  a  watch.  Unfortunately,  neither  of  these  de- 
vices are  yet  being  made  for  general  use. 

Although  only  barest  mention  of  its  existence  has  been 
made,  the  Navy  has  a  sort  of  "atomic  dog-tag"  to  identify  ra- 
diation victims.  Like  photographic  film,  this  metal  tag  is  treated 
chemically  so  that  it  will  react  to  radiation.  When  a  fatal  dose 
has  been  received,  the  dog-tag  shows  it  by  turning  blue.  It  will 
be  of  little  help  to  a  potential  victim  during  the  time  radiation 
is  at  work.  But  for  doctors  working  in  an  atomic  disaster  area 
it  would  be  a  valuable  guide.  They  wouldn't  waste  time  In 
trying  to  save  those  whose  dog-tags  were  bright  blue,  but 
would  concentrate  on  those  whose  tags  were  near-white  or  only 
pale  blue. 

Of  potential  use  to  the  man-in-the-street  is  another  form  of 
chemical  radiation  indicator  now  under  development  at  the 
University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles.  This  consists  of  a 
series  of  tiny  vials  containing  liquids  whose  colors  change 
when  radiation  hits.  Each  of  the  vials  or  capsules  changes  col- 
or at  a  different  dosage  level.  They  may  be  worn  hung  from 


82 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


the  neck  in  a  plastic  case  the  size  of  a  packet  of  paper  matches, 
or  carried  in  the  pocket  in  a  pencil-like  container.  A  glance 
would  tell  an  individual  if  he  receives  radiation,  and  how  much. 


A  chemical  detector  no  bigger  than  a  book  of  matches — 
As  is  only  too  apparent  to  the  officials  planning  atomic  de- 
fense, these  instruments  and  detectors  for  the  home  and  the 
private  citizen  are  all  still  "under  development,"  or  "being 
studied"  or  "recently  invented."  The  atomic  alarm,  if  such 
must  ever  be  sounded,  must  be  given  by  trained  radiation 
monitors  using  the  best  equipment  at  hand:  the  Geiger  count- 
er, the  proportional  counter,  the  ionization  chamber  and  photo- 
graphic films. 

Theirs  will  be  a  large  part  of  the  job  of  averting  panic,  for 
only  by  quick  and  accurate  information  on  the  extent  of  radio- 


DECONTAMINATION  83 

activity  in  an  attacked  area  will  a  general  stampede  of  the  un- 
injured to  parts  elsewhere  be  averted.  Decontamination  crews 
will  be  guided  by  "Geiger  men"  when  the  clean-up  begins. 
Doctors  will  rely  on  their  instruments  in  deciding  whether  or 
not  a  leg  must  be  amputated  because  of  invisible  contamina- 
tion in  a  cut  on  the  toe.  The  food  you  eat  may  be  "cleared" 
by  a  radiation  monitor;  certainly  the  city  water  you  drink  will 
be  carefully  checked. 

These  were  the  conditions  automatically  imposed  on  the 
world  the  day  the  first  atomic  pile  began  operating  in  a  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago  squash  court.  For  with  the  harnessing  of 
atomic  energy  came  an  entirely  new  form  of  possible  injury 
to  the  human  body — injury  which  you  cannot  see  or  feel,  in- 
jury which  comes  from  invisible  sources,  injury  which  will 
kill  you  if  enough  is  received — kill  you  just  as  dead  as  a  steel- 
jacketed  bullet. 

,  S.     DECONTAMINATION 

At  Bikini  they  tried  first  to  wash  away  the  radioactivity. 
Fire  hoses  flushed  the  battered  wrecks  of  ships  with  sea  water. 
Steel  superstructures  frothed  with  soapsuds.  Squads  of  sailors 
— led  by  monitors  of  the  radiological  safety  section — sweated 
hours  and  then  days  holystoning  the  wooden  decks  of  battle- 
ships and  cruisers.  Back  and  forth  with  sandstone  bricks,  rub- 
bing until  the  decks  gleamed  white  in  the  sun.  The  sailors 
could  see  no  poison  on  those  decks.  But  each  time  they  finished 
rubbing,  the  Geiger  man  would  shake  his  head,  and  the  work 
would  start  again. 

Then  a  scientist  took  a  small  block  of  the  wood  into  the 
laboratory.  He  found  that  nearly  a  quarter  of  an  inch  had  to 


84 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


be  shaved  away  with  a  plane — the  entire  top  surface  of  the 
deck  skinned  off — before  the  Geiger  counters  would  be  quiet. 
Weeks  after  the  "Baker"  test,  the  underwater  blast,  a  sailor 
was  working  on  a  rusting,  twisted  landing  craft  on  the  atoll 
beach.  One  hand  slipped  while  he  was  hauling  at  a  steel  cable, 
and  a  small  cut  appeared  between  thumb  and  forefinger. 
Taken  to  sick  bay  on  the  radiological  ship,  the  white-faced 
seaman  waited  while  delicate  tests  were  made  on  the  open 
tissues  of  the  wound.  If  contamination  by  the  invisible  poison 
of  atomic  fission  were  found,  his  arm  would  have  to  come  off 
at  the  shoulder.  High  amputation  was  a  hard-and-fast  rule  in 
the  Manhattan  District  project  for  such  cases.  This  cut  was 
little  more  than  a  scratch — but  the  cable  had  been  checked 
and  found  to  be  still  radioactive. 


Nearly  a  quarter  of  an  inch  of  wood  must  be  shaved  away  fo  re- 
move contamination — 


DECONTAMINATION 


85 


The  cut  was  free  of  contamination,  luckily.  The  sailor  went 
his  way  with  merely  a  small  bandage  on  his  hand.  But  the 
incident  went  down  in  the  terrifying  record  written  by  Atomic 
Bomb  No.  5 — the  first  to  be  exploded  under  water,  not  high 
in  the  air,  and  the  first  to  leave  man  faced  squarely  with  the 
silent  specter  of  radiological  poisoning.  In  the  underwater 
burst,  radioactivity  touched  the  target  ships  and  remained.  It 
patrolled  the  decks  with  an  invisible  barrier  which  men  could 
cross,  but  only  for  a  given  length  of  time;  then  the  men  had 
to  leave.  The  ships  of  the  target  fleet  swung  at  anchor,  silent 
and  deserted.  No  one  knew  quite  what  to  do  with  them. 


The  ships  of  the  target  fleet  swung  at  anchor,  silent  and  deserted — 
Radiation  dosage  is  measured  in  terms  of  the  roentgen  or 
"r"  named  for  Wilhelm  Roentgen,  the  German  physicist  who 
discovered  X-rays  in  1895.  It  is  usually  accepted  that  a  dose 
of  400  r  of  radiation  received  over  the  entire  body  in  a  few 
minutes  is  a  "median  lethal  dose" — that  is,  it  would  be  fatal  to 
about  50  percent  of  human  beings  who  received  it.  In  radio- 


86  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

activity  left  behind  after  an  atomic  bomb  explosion,  however, 
or  deposited  in  radiological  attack,  the  problem  of  radiation 
is  quite  different  from  a  "one-shot"  dose.  While  a  human  being 
would  have  only  a  50-50  chance  of  survival  if  he  received 
400  r  of  radiation  all  at  once,  the  same  amount  of  radiation 
spread  over  a  period  of  a  month  would  be  far  less  dangerous. 


The  Independence  was  towed  back  to  San  Francisco — 

Residual  radiation  from  an  atomic  blast  must  be  measured 
not  only  in  terms  of  how  strong  it  is  at  any  one  time — the 
dosage  rate — but  also  the  total  amount  of  radiation  received 
over  a  given  length  of  time.  In  1936  the  U.S.  Committee  on 
X-rays  and  Radium  Protection  set  the  figure  of  0. 1  r  per  day  as 
the  maximum  dose  a  human  could  receive  over  the  whole 
body,  day  after  day,  without  suffering  permanent  harm.  To 
give  an  even  greater  margin  of  safety,  the  Atomic  Energy 
Commission  later  lowered  this  maximum  allowable  dose  to 
0.3  r  per  week  for  workers  in  U.S.  atomic  plants  and  labora- 
tories. This  was  the  figure  used  in  handling  the  ships  at  Bikini 
after  the  Crossroads  tests. 

The  U.S.S.  Independence,  a  small  aircraft  carrier,  received 
such  a  large  dose  of  radiation  from  the  "Baker"  blast  that  it 
would  have  killed  any  crew  members  who  might  have  been 
on  the  hangar  deck.  Two  weeks  after  the  blast  the  radioactivity 
of  the  ship  had  dropped  to  about  3  r  per  day.  That  meant  de- 
contamination squads  could  go  aboard  for  short  periods  of 


DECONTAMINATION 


87 


time — perhaps  20  minutes  a  day  for  any  one  man.  A  long  year 
later,  the  Independence  having  meantime  been  towed  back  to 
San  Francisco,  the  average  dosage  rate  was  down  to  0.3  r  per 
day — still  seven  times  the  limit  for  full-time  occupancy. 

No  decontamination  was  attempted  on  the  Independence. 
The  carrier  was  too  battered  ever  to  be  used  as  a  fighting  ship 
again.  But  on  other  ships  new  knowledge  of  decontamination 
began  to  be  accumulated,  through  the  long,  arduous  process 
of  trial  and  error.  Some  of  the  ships  were  decontaminated  and 
put  back  into  use,  while  the  Independence  lay  at  her  moorings 
in  San  Francisco,  still  "hot"  with  radiation. 

METHODS  OF  DECONTAMINATION 

There  are  three  courses  open  when  an  object  is  radioactive, 
whether  it  be  a  ship,  a  building  or  a  heap  of  waste  from  a 
nuclear  reactor:  1.  bury  it  deep  in  the  ground  or  jettison  it 
at  sea;  2.  isolate  it  until  the  radiation  level  drops  below  the 
danger  limit;  or  3.  decontaminate  it. 


1BURY  IT  DEEP  OR  JETTISON  IT  2.  ISOLATE  IT  3-  DECONTAMINATE  IT 

Three  courses  are  open  when  an  object  is  radioactive — 


88  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

Decontamination  means,  to  a  large  degree,  stripping  away 
the  radioactive  surface,  cleaning  it  either  by  chemical  means 
or  physical  means.  There  are  exceptions  to  this,  of  course: 
When  a  radioactive  solution  has  soaked  into  a  porous  surface 
such  as  rope,  cloth,  unpainted  wood,  brick  or  stucco;  when 
neutrons  have  set  up  radioactivity  deep  within  the  object;  or 
when  a  reservoir  of  drinking  water  is  contaminated. 

If  chemicals  are  to  be  used  to  clean  a  "hot"  surface,  the 
nature  of  the  radioactive  materials  must  be  known.  When 
uranium  235  fissions,  as  in  an  atomic  bomb,  nearly  200  radio- 
active products,  isotopes  of  some  34  different  elements,  may 
be  present.  The  chemistry  of  identifying  these  poisons  is  an 
intricate  business.  It  is  further  complicated  by  the  fact  that 
a  chemical  reaction  will  not  eliminate  the  radiation.  It  will 
merely  turn  the  contaminating  agent  into  a  new  form  which 
can  be  flushed  away.  Something  has  to  be  done  with  the  drain- 
water,  after  that. 

But  much  was  learned  at  Bikini  about  chemical  decontam- 
ination. Compounds  based  on  certain  organic  acids,  such  as 
ordinary  citric  acid,  were  found  to  be  important  agents  for 
general  decontamination.  Detergents,  the  new  synthetic  soaps, 
were  very  useful.  Even  stronger  alkalis  were  used  in  removing 
entire  contaminated  layers  of  paint.  Acid  solutions  helped  dis- 
solve rust  and  scale. 

Blasting  with  wet  sand  or  high-pressure  steam  containing 
a  detergent  was  used  to  good  effect  at  Bikini  and  later.  The 
wide  range  of  physical  decontamination  methods  included 
vacuum  cleaning  and  light  brushing  to  remove  lightly  held 
material,  and  use  of  a  blowtorch  to  burn  away  entire  coatings 
of  paint.  Adhesive  coatings  of  various  types  were  tried.  These 
could  be  stripped  away  carrying  radioactive  materials  with 


DECONTAMINATION 


89 


them.  Special  plastic  paints  which  could  be  easily  removed 
in  case  of  contamination  have  even  been  considered  by  scien- 
tists as  a  means  of  minimizing  the  residual  radioactivity  after 
an  atomic  poisoning. 


Acids,  detergents,  and  alkalis  will  remove  contamination — 
REDUCING  CONTAMINATION  AT  HOME 

There  are  a  number  of  things  you  can  and  should  do  in 
your  own  home  after  an  atomic  bombing,  to  reduce  danger 
of  radioactive  contamination. 

Your  clothing  will  normally  prevent  radioactive  residue 
from  the  bomb  from  reaching  your  skin.  If  there  is  any  chance 
that  your  clothing  is  "hot,"  take  off  the  outer  layer  and  bury 
it.  Do  this  before  going  into  a  building,  such  as  your  own 
home,  for  there  may  be  no  contamination  inside  the  house — 
until  you  unwittingly  carry  it  indoors. 

Radioactive  substances  which  come  in  contact  with  the  skin 
may  be  more  dangerous  than  a  detecting  instrument  held  an 
inch  away  would  show.  You  should  carefully  cleanse  any  ex- 


90 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


ffiere  is  any  chance  that  your  clothing  is  "hot"  take  off  the  outer 
layer  and  bury  it — 

posed  parts  of  your  body.  Vigorous  scrubbing  with  soap  and 
water  will  accomplish  a  remarkable  amount  of  decontamina- 
tion. Pay  particular  attention  to  the  hair,  nails,  skin  folds  and 
areas  surrounding  body  openings.  Be  careful  not  to  rub  so 
hard  that  you  break  the  skin,  however.  If  soap  and  water  does 
not  remove  the  radioactivity,  as  shown  on  an  instrument,  a 
dilute  solution  of  sodium  bicarbonate  may  be  used.  This  is 
particularly  useful  for  rinsing  mucous  membranes,  such  as 
the  mouth  and  nasal  passages. 

In  a  dire  emergency,  any  clean  uncontaminated  material 
at  hand,  such  as  grass,  paper,  straw,  leaves  or  sand,  will  re- 
move radioactivity  from  the  skin  if  rubbed  on  vigorously. 
These  might  be  used,  for  example,  if  you  were  covered  with 
water  or  soil  thrown  into  the  air  by  an  atomic  explosion. 
Again,  do  not  tear  the  skin  or  force  loosened  material  into 
wounds,  body  openings  or  skin  folds. 


DECONTAMINATION 


91 


For  cleaning  household  objects,  almost  any  method  would 
be  helpful.  Cleaning  and  scouring  compounds,  grease  remov- 
ers, detergents,  paint  cleaners,  dry  cleaning  liquids,  gasoline, 
etc.,  will  help  to  remove  radioactive  particles  from  surfaces. 
Be  careful  not  to  spread  or  rub  in  the  radioactive  materials, 
however.  The  cloths  you  use  should  be  buried  rather  than 
burned,  for  radioactivity  would  be  carried  off  in  smoke. 


Vigorous  scrubbing  with  soap  and  water  will  accomplish  a  remark- 
able amount  of  decontamination — 

DECONTAMINATION  OF  LARGE  AREAS 

While  you  are  doing  these  things,  the  decontamination  of 
vital  areas  of  your  city  would  begin.  Crews  would  flush  the 
streets  with  water,  perhaps  with  the  aid  of  detergents.  Brush- 


92 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


ing  or  vacuum  sweeping  of  outdoor  areas  might  even  be  tried 
first,  if  feasible.  Remember  that  there  is  no  known  way  to 
neutralize  radioactivity.  Decontamination  only  transfers  it 
from  one  place  to  another.  Proper  disposal  of  the  "hot" 
material  must  be  provided,  carrying  or  flushing  it  to  a  place 
where  it  will  not  constitute  a  hazard. 


Scrubbing  the  sidewalks  and  flushing  the  streets  would  be  helpful — • 

One  of  the  first  steps  in  complete  decontamination  would 
be  removal  of  the  industrial  film  of  grease  and  dirt  which 
usually  covers  exposed  surfaces,  especially  in  cities.  Radio- 
activity seems  to  attach  itself  strongly  to  such  a  film.  Ordinary 
soap  and  water,  detergents  or  live  steam  are  among  possible 
ways  the  film  may  be  removed.  In  this  initial  work,  decon- 
tamination crews  would  seem  like  men  from  Mars.  They  would 
have  to  wear  protective  clothing,  such  as  rubber  suits,  boots 


DECONTAMINATION 


93 


and  gloves.  If  spray  or  dust  is  involved,  goggles  and  respira- 
tion masks  must  be  worn.  Sandblasting  and  strong  chemicals 
would  be  used  to  remove  the  entire  top  surface  from  the  out- 
sides  of  important  buildings.  Other  structures,  where  decon- 
tamination might  be  too  costly,  or  the  radioactivity  too  high, 
would  have  to  be  dismantled,  carried  away  and  buried. 

In  soil,  the  radioactivity  would  be  held  in  the  uppermost 
few  inches.  The  top  surface  of  parks  and  lawns  in  a  contam- 
inated city  would  thus  have  to  be  either  removed  or  covered 
with  at  least  a  foot  of  fresh  earth.  This  could  perhaps  be  done 
by  turning  the  soil  over,  so  that  lower  uncontaminated  layers 
covered  the  part  that  was  "hot."  Deep  plowing  of  exposed 
lawns  and  vacant  lots  would  begin,  after  the  areas  had  been 
thoroughly  wetted  down  to  prevent  radioactive  dust  from  es- 
caping into  the  air. 

Badly  contanimated  clothing,  rugs,  curtains  and  uphol- 
stered furniture  would  have  to  be  buried  or  burned  in  inciner- 
ators especially  designed  to  prevent  the  escape  of  radioactive 
smoke.  Lightly  contaminated  articles  can  be  dry  cleaned. 


Deep  plowing  of  exposed  lawns  and  vacant  lots  would  begin — 


94  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

CONTAMINATION  OF  FOOD  AND  WATER 

Gamma  rays  have  no  harmful  effects  upon  food.  Properly 
covered  food  should  undergo  little  or  no  contamination,  unless 
it  has  been  within  very  close  range  of  an  atomic  burst,  where 
neutrons  would  make  everything  radioactive.  Unless  this  is 
the  case,  canned  goods  and  foodstuffs  in  airtight,  dust-proof 
wrappings  should  be  safe.  But  unprotected  food,  whether  it 
be  in  the  home,  the  store  or  still  growing  in  fields,  will  have  to 
be  destroyed  if  once  contaminated.  There  is  no  known  way 
to  salvage  it. 


I  AREA  FREE  FROM 
CONTAMINATION 


City  filtration  plants  would  remove  radioactivity — 
Water  supplies  are  not  easily  contaminated.  Natural  dilu- 
tion, absorption  into  the  ground,  and  decay  of  the  radioactivity 
would  quickly  make  the  water  fit  for  use  again.  City  filtration 
plants  would  remove  radioactive  materials  in  the  course  of 
normal  purification  of  the  water.  In  addition,  water  from  mod- 
erately deep  wells,  even  under  contaminated  soil,  would  be 
safe  to  drink  unless  there  is  surface  drainage  into  the  well. 


PREVENTING  PANIC  95 

Water  may  be  distilled  and  made  perfectly  safe.  But  it  should 
be  emphasized  that  boiling  of  contaminated  water  would  do 
no  good  at  all.  Boiling  is  useless  against  radioactivity. 

The  most  effective  means  of  decontamination  is  to  let  the 
radioactivity  die  away  by  itself.  This  decay  is  rapid  at  first, 
slowing  only  when  the  more  dangerous — the  really  f'hot" 
materials — have  spent  their  energy.  In  any  future  atomic 
bomb  attack,  the  hazards  of  contamination  will  be  secondary 
to  the  chaos  wrought  by  blast  and  heat.  And  radioactivity, 
like  measles  or  mumps,  is  a  community  danger  which  can  be 
met  and  handled  safely. 

9.     PREVENTING  PANIC 


Fear  of  war  may  hasten  its  coming — 

One  of  the  greatest  dangers  of  the  atom  bomb  is  the  panic 
it  can  produce.  In  addition  to  what  we  know  about  the  destruc- 


96  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

tive  force  of  this  weapon,  there  is  the  additional  terror  of  the 
unknown  to  scare  us. 

If  you  let  it,  the  atom  bomb  can  disrupt  your  life  with 
jitters  whether  or  not  any  bomb  ever  actually  falls.  And  yet 
there  is  no  real  need  for  this.  Individually,  we  all  must  face 
the  prospect  of  death  sooner  or  later.  And  for  many  it  will 
come  quickly  and  without  warning.  Yet  this  need  not  keep 
us  from  a  satisfying  life. 

The  strain  of  anticipated  peril  is  often  even  more  unbear- 
able than  the  presence  of  the  danger  itself.  Suspense  and  the 
expectation  of  enemy  surprise  is  terribly  unnerving.  People 
often  even  prefer  war  to  such  a  life  of  tension  and  insecurity. 

Thus  it  is  that  the  fear  of  war  and  the  awful  consequences 
of  war  may  plunge  us  headlong  into  war's  reality.  People  may 
be  eager  for  the  blitzkrieg  to  start — just  so  that  action  can 
bring  relief  from  the  nerve-wracking  tension  of  the  sitzkrieg. 

Psychiatrists  looking  into  the  state  of  America's  mental 
health  see  signs  of  jitters  and  panic-ripeness  in  our  tendency 
to  see  "flying  saucers"  in  every  cloudless  sky  and  to  fear  "reds" 
behind  every  desk  and  in  every  position  of  responsibility. 

If  and  when  an  atom  bomb  ever  does  fall  near  you,  you 
will  be  scared.  There  is  no  doubt  about  that.  If  you  are  nor- 
mal, you  will  be  plenty  scared. 

You  may  not  be  aware  of  your  own  emotion.  In  fact  the 
chances  are  that  you  will  be  numbed,  stunned.  You  will  prob- 
ably go  about  like  a  sleep  walker,  going  through  motions  in 
an  automatic,  robot  way.  This  is  the  reaction  of  three-fourths 
of  all  the  persons  involved  in  a  major  disaster — whether  it  is 
a  bombing,  a  catastrophic  fire  or  a  devastating  earthquake. 

The  expressions,  "scared  stiff,"  "paralyzed  with  fright," 
"frozen  with  fear,"  describe  very  well  the  effects  on  75  percent 


PREVENTING  PANIC 


97 


of  us.  Such  persons,  caught  in  an  emergency,  may  be  unable 
to  get  out  of  bed  and  dress  themselves.  Even  if  they  are  physi- 
cally unharmed,  they  are  unable  to  take  any  action  to  save 
themselves  or  others,  but  lie  down  to  await  the  death  that 
appears  inevitable.  Some  pass  from  this  paralyzed  state  into 
death  without  ever  coming  out  of  their  death-like  trance. 


One  person  ouf  of  five  remains  cool  and  collected  in  the  face  of 
major  disaster — 

We  know  what  happened  when  the  first  atom  bombs 
dropped  on  Hiroshima  and  Nagasaki.  Some  people  dashed 
along  the  roads  without  any  destination  in  mind,  in  a  purpose- 
less stampede,  screaming  out  their  terror.  Others  remained 
apathetic,  apparently  unable  to  sense  what  had  happened  to 
them  and  what  they  needed,  and  equally  unable  to  do  any- 
thing about  the  situation. — What  would  you  do? 


98  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

About  one  person  out  of  five,  it  has  been  found,  remains 
cool  and  collected  in  the  face  of  major  disaster.  These  are 
the  persons  who  are  the  only  ones  capable  of  realizing  the 
situation.  They  can  formulate  some  appropriate  plan  of  action 
and  can  see  it  through.  It  is  on  them  that  we  must  depend. 

How  to  give  air  to  this  20  percent  who  have  cool  heads,  to 
add  to  their  numbers,  and  to  strengthen  them,  is  the  problem 
that  needs  attention  in  advance  of  any  major  emergency. 

HOW  TO  CONTROL  FEAR 

Psychologists  and  psychiatrists  who  have  studied  people 
subjected  to  bombing  and  those  in  other  great  disasters  know 
what  can  be  done  to  control  fear  and  reduce  panic.  The  pre- 
scriptions are:  preparation,  information,  action,  faith  in  lead- 
ership, food  and  rest. 

As  insurance  against  panic,  people  should  be  prepared  in 
advance  for  what  may  happen.  They  should  know  as  nearly  as 
possible  what  to  expect.  Unfortunately,  a  potential  enemy  is 
not  likely  to  notify  us  at  what  hour  and  on  what  spot  his  bombs 
will  be  dropped.  But  you  can  learn  just  what  damage  might 
be  expected  if  a  bomb  should  fall  in  your  community. 

Formation  of  small  groups  charged  with  the  responsibility 
of  taking  action  in  your  own  particular  neighborhood  in  case 
of  emergency  is  useful  psychological  protection.  You  will 
have  less  tendency  toward  panic  if  you  feel  that  you  have  the 
backing  of  the  solidarity  of  a  group,  especially  if  the  group 
is  headed  by  a  leader  you  know  well  and  in  whom  you  can 
put  your  trust.  You  may  want  to  belong  to  more  than  one 
group — say  one  in  your  office  and  one  in  your  home.  Then, 
wherever  you  may  be  when  the  blow  strikes,  you  can  feel  that 
someone  is  looking  after  things  at  the  other  end. 


PREVENTING  PANIC 


99 


It  is  better  to  pass  information  on  to  the  public  about  what 
damage  to  expect  from  a  bomb  if  this  warning  is  given  to 
them  personally  in  groups,  psychiatrists  suggest.  Dr.  Dale  C. 
Cameron,  assistant  director  of  the  National  Institute  of  Mental 
Health,  warns  of  the  disturbing  effect  of  such  information 
transmitted  by  radio,  television,  films  or  newspapers.  It  is 
natural,  he  points  out,  for  you  to  feel  anxiety  when  you  start 
thinking  about  such  hazards.  You  can  not  voice  your  anxiety 
to  radio  or  to  television  or  movie  screen.  But  if  your  informant 
is  present  in  person  you  can  ask  questions  and  dissipate  some 
of  your  worry  by  expressing  it.  If  you  are  in  a  group  you  can 
also  feel  that  you  and  your  neighbors  have  the  same  uneasiness 
and  stand  ready  to  help  each  other  out;  that  it  is  not  necessary 
for  you  to  face  your  fears  alone. 


You  may  want  to  belong  to  a  group  in  your  office  and  one  in  your 
home — 

Information  about  possible  damage  to  be  expected  should, 
if  possible,  be  accompanied  by  information  about  plans  to 
meet  specific  emergencies.  What  can  be  done  if  water  mains 
are  destroyed?  Where  are  wells  and  other  emergency  sources 
of  water?  Suppose  the  electricity  is  cut  off.  How  can  you 
manage  for  lights?  What  if  telephone  lines  are  down  and 


100 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


radio  stations  destroyed?  Who  is  prepared  to  keep  up  com- 
munication? 

KEEPING  THE  PUBLIC   INFORMED 


Keep  the  newspapers  coming  ouf;  keep  the  radio  stations  on  the 
air — 

Next  to  being  prepared  in  advance  for  possible  dangers,  it 
is  of  utmost  importance  for  people  to  be  informed  about  what 
is  happening  and  what  is  being  done  about  it.  In  the  absence 
of  reliable  news,  rumors  run  like  wildfire.  And  rumor  is  the 
father  of  panic.  Rumors  grow  in  the  telling.  Rumors  nearly 
always  make  things  seem  worse  than  they  are — don't  believe 
them. 

In  time  of  atomic  disaster,  the  people  will  turn  to  the 
sources  of  news  that  they  have  learned  to  rely  upon.  These 
news  sources  should  continue  to  function  no  matter  what  be- 
falls a  city  or  an  area. 


PREVENTING  PANIC 


101 


Keep  the  newspapers  coming  out.  Keep  the  radio  stations 
on  the  air,  even  if  it  means  using  some  two-way  police  radios 
for  news  dissemination,  or  bringing  in  some  walkie-talkies. 

People  will  want  an  official  truthful  account  of  what  is  hap- 
pening to  them.  They  will  also  want  to  know  what  is  going 
on  in  other  places,  whether  theirs  is  the  only  city  under  attack, 
how  others  have  fared. 

Study  of  men  in  combat  has  told  psychologists  something 
of  how  to  control  fear  and  avert  panic.  Action,  it  was  found, 
dispels  fear.  If  an  atom  bomb  drops,  do  something.  Prepare 
yourself  in  advance  so  that  you  will  know  what  you  can  do 
and  how  to  do  it,  whether  it  is  first  aid,  clearing  debris  from 
the  streets  so  that  rescue  apparatus  can  get  through,  or  setting 
up  emergency  light  or  water  sources.  Learn  how  well  enough 
so  that  at  least  some  of  the  work  can  be  done  almost  automati- 
cally even  if  you  are  distracted  by  fear,  noise  and  confusion. 


Gef  acquainted  with  your  neighbors — 


102  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

When  and  if  a  bomb  drops,  go  into  action.  Start  work 
immediately.  Delay  and  waiting  for  orders  or  direction  build 
up  fears,  action  works  them  off. 

PREPARATION  FOR  A  CRISIS 

Before  any  bomb  drops,  prepare  yourself  by  building  up 
your  mental  health.  Get  plenty  of  food  and  rest.  Don't  let 
a  bomb  catch  you  on  the  verge  of  jitters  from  too  much  drink- 
ing or  smoking  or  from  late  nights  and  overwork.  If  you  are 
a  lonely  person,  make  a  deliberate  attempt  to  make  friends. 
Get  acquainted  with  your  neighbors.  The  time  may  come  when 
you  will  need  them  and  they  will  need  you. 

Practice  love  and  affection  in  your  family  circle  and  among 
your  associates.  In  time  of  emergency,  we  are  often  steadied 
and  carried  through  by  the  comforting  assurance  that  we  are 
loved.  Nothing  is  so  terrifying  in  time  of  disaster  as  the  feel- 
ing that  no  one  cares,  that  we  are  alone  with  our  terrors. 

Hate  and  dislike  lead  to  suspicion  and  suspicion  to  fear 
and  panic.  Love  or  liking,  on  the  other  hand,  build  up  mental 
health  and  fortify  us  against  terrifying  situations. 

This  attitude  could  very  well  be  spread  from  our  immediate 
circle  of  family  and  close  friends  to  neighbors,  other  cities, 
and  even  the  world  at  large. 

The  real  preventive  of  atomic  panic  is  the  building  of  a 
world  where  suspicions  and  fears  are  not  rampant — where 
there  will  be  no  desire  or  temptation  on  the  part  of  any  enemy 
to  drop  an  atomic  bomb  because  there  is  no  enemy. 

It  is  difficult  to  be  friendly  to  someone  who  does  not  show 
any  disposition  to  make  friends.  We  want  people  to  meet  us 
halfway.  But  in  some  cases  where  fear  and  suspicion  are  al- 
ready aroused,  it  is  necessary  to  walk  all  the  way  down  the 


PROTECTION  IS  POSSIBLE  103 

street  and  knock  on  a  neighbor's  door.  Where  people  have 
different  ways  of  thought,  different  cultural  traditions,  oppos- 
ing points  of  view,  it  is  necessary  to  make  a  real  study  of  them 
in  an  effort  to  understand  them  and  be  able  to  make  them 
understand  us. 

Shoulder  to  shoulder  work  in  a  concerted  attack  on  common 
enemies  such  as  poverty,  ignorance,  hunger  and  disease  is 
a  good  way  to  build  up  understanding  and  confidence  and 
reduce  fear  and  the  mutual  suspicion  which  leads  to  cold  war 
and  atomic  races. 

10.     PROTECTION  IS  POSSIBLE 

When  the  sky  pales  and  the  blinding  light  of  a  hundred  suns 
is  everywhere,  you  will  have  less  than  a  second  to  protect 
yourself- — approximately  the  time  it  takes  to  say  "Atomic 
Bomb"  out  loud. 


Curl  up  In  a  ball  as  you  hit  the  ground — 

Instinct  will  tell  you  to  look.  Conquering  that  instinct  may 
mean  the  differences  between  life  and  death.  If  you  turn  to 
see  the  bomb,  radiation  may  blind  you  permanently.  The  heat 
flash  will  catch  you  full  in  the  face,  burning  horribly  if  you 
are  within  two  miles  of  ground  zero.  Don't  look.  Drop. 


104 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


Curl  up  in  a  ball  as  you  hit  the  ground.  Put  your  hands 
(and  arms,  if  they  are  bare)  against  your  stomach,  and  duck 
your  face  into  your  chest.  If  you  can  shade  all  exposed  areas 
of  your  skin,  you  are  far  less  liable  to  be  burned. 

Stay  in  a  ball  for  ten  seconds.  Both  the  heat  and  the  blast 
wave  will  pass  over  you  in  that  time.  Then,  if  you  can,  stand 
up.  You  will  be  among  the  survivors — provided  you  can  move 
fast  enough  to  avoid  falling  rubble  and  fire. 

If  the  explosion  catches  you  one  step  from  a  tree-trunk 
or  doorway,  you  can  take  that  step  and  crouch  with  your  back 


In  this  position  debris  and  broken  glass  will  fall  out  beyond  you — 


PROTECTION  IS  POSSIBLE 


105 


to  the  light.  But  if  a  possible  shelter  is  two  or  three  or  four 
steps  away,  don't  try  to  make  it.  You  won't  have  time. 

After  the  crucial  ten  seconds,  the  fronts  of  brick  buildings 
may  be  crashing  into  the  street.  Your  safest  move  will  be  to 
press  yourself  tightly  against  the  nearest  wall — preferably  the 
wall  of  a  concrete  building,  for  concrete  will  not  strip  away 
like  brick.  In  this  position,  also,  cornices  and  broken  glass 
from  above  will  fall  out  beyond  you. 

Should  the  giant  flash  come  when  you  are  indoors,  dive  for 
the  floor  with  your  back  to  the  window  and  crawl  beneath  or 
behind  the  nearest  table,  desk  or  counter.  Anything  between 
you  and  the  window  will  stop  not  only  the  heat  rays  but  also 
the  jagged  bullets  of  broken  glass.  The  blast  will  be  followed 
by  wind  of  hurricane  force;  stay  away  from  all  windows  for 

I 


The  safest  place  inside  any  building  will  be  near  the  interior  parti- 
tion— 


106 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


at  least  a  minute.  The  safest  place  inside  any  building  will  be 
near  the  interior  partitions.  Keep  as  close  to  these  as  possible. 
An  unexpected  atom  bomb  is  a  terrible  possibility.  There 
may  be  warnings  of  impending  attack  or  even  of  approaching 
bombers,  however.  You  may  have  time  to  reach  shelter.  There 
is  such  a  thing  against  the  atom  bomb.  Atomic  shelters  will 
be  a  vital  part  of  civilian  defense.  Properly  built,  they  would 
save  thousands  of  lives. 

SIMPLE  SHELTERS 


A  small  backyard  shelter — 

In  your  own  home,  your  best  chance  will  be  in  the  cellar, 
particularly  if  there  is  an  extension  of  the  basement  built  out 
beyond  the  main  structure  of  the  house.  It  should  have  an 
escape  hatch,  perhaps  through  a  ventilation  shaft,  in  case 
the  house  above  you  catches  fire  or  collapses.  The  walls,  plus 
several  feet  of  earth  over  the  top,  would  offer  an  effective  bar- 
rier against  blast  and  heat  and  act  as  a  sponge  to  soak  up 
penetrating  gamma  radiation.  A  shallow  rampart  of  earth  or 
sandbags  outside  the  house  would  add  to  your  protection  in  the 
cellar,  should  the  bomb  go  off  high  in  the  air.  And  it  is  in  the 
air  that  the  A-bomb  is  calculated  to  do  the  greatest  damage. 

A  buried  or  semi-buried  shelter  outdoors  also  would  offer 
worthwhile  protection  for  your  family.  The  English  built 


PROTECTION  IS  POSSIBLE 


107 


these  by  the  thousands  during  the  Battle  of  Britain.  World 
War  II  brought  them  to  many  parts  of  Europe.  Danger  of 
tornados  has  already  brought  similar  storm  cellars  to  many 
parts  of  the  American  mid- West. 

Ideally,  your  shelier  should  be  completely  underground, 
braced  by  foot-thick  reinforced  concrete  walls  and  ceiling, 
with  forced-draft  ventilation  piped  through  special  filters 
which  can  eliminate  radioactive  dust  or  water  droplets.  But 
simple  semi-buried  earth-and-pole  shelters,  caves  or  tunnels 
dug  into  hillsides  can  give  protection  against  blast,  heat  and 
radiation  very  close  to  ground  zero.  Outdoor  blast  bomb 
shelters  of  the  type  used  in  World  War  II,  if  covered  with  at 
least  20  inches  of  packed  soil,  would  reduce  nuclear  radia- 
tion below  the  death  level  at  distances  greater  than  3,000 
feet  from  the  explosion.  The  same  effect  would  be  achieved 
by  roughly  12  inches  of  concrete,  four  inches  of  iron  or  about 
two  inches  of  solid  lead. 


Emergency  equipment  stored  permanently  in  the  shelter — 
Japanese  survived  in  shelters  as  close  as  900  feet  to  ground 
zero.  Doors  are  not  needed,  if  a  baffle  or  turn  in  the  entrance 
passage  is  provided  to  stop  the  heat  flash  and  much  of  the 


108  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

radiation.  It  is  essential  to  have  at  least  two  ways  of  getting 
out  of  the  shelter.  Emergency  equipment,  such  as  a  shovel, 
lantern,  crowbar,  hammer,  saw,  axe,  screwdriver  and  pliers, 
should  be  greased  and  stored  permanently  in  the  shelter  for 
the  possibility  that  all  exits  are  blocked  by  after  the  blast. 

Plans  for  an  8  to  10  foot  concrete  tornado  cellar  are  avail- 
able at  fifteen  cents  each  from  the  Extension  Agricultural 
Engineer,  Oklahoma  A.  &  M.  College,  Stillwater,  Oklahoma. 
This  shelter  has  been  recommended  by  the  American  Red 
Cross  for  home  construction  in  the  mid-Western  tornado  belt. 
The  National  Security  Resources  Board,  responsible  for  atomic 
defense  planning,  believes  the  shelter  is  one  of  the  best  for 
family  protection  against  atomic  attack. 

For  shelters  near  the  place  you  work,  the  Atomic  Energy 
Commission  and  Department  of  Defense  recommend  the  lower 
floors  of  fireproof,  reinforced-concrete  or  steel  frame  buildings. 
These  buildings  will  offer  greatest  resistance  to  collapse.  A 
12-inch  reinforced-concrete  wall,  well  tied  into  such  a  struc- 
ture, would  provide  adequate  protection  against  blast  and 
nuclear  radiation  at  distances  over  half  a  mile  from  ground 
zero.  To  guard  against  inhaling  the  radioactive  dust  of  a  sur- 
face or  underground  explosion,  ventilating  systems  must  be 
shut  down  and  all  doors  and  windows  closed  in  an  emergency. 
But  air  conditioning  systems  can  be  left  in  operation,  provided 
there  is  no  leakage  from  outside. 

THE  CENTRAL  CONTROL  STATION 

It  will  be  in  such  a  shelter  as  this  that  your  city's  central 
disaster  station  will  be  located.  Here  the  vital  orders  for  fire- 
fighting  and  rescue  operations  will  be  prepared  and  sent  out. 
Teams  of  doctors  and  nurses,  radiation  monitoring  crews, 


PROTECTION  IS  POSSIBLE  109 

decontamination  squads  and  the  heavy  equipment  for  clearing 
rubble  must  have  a  headquarters  to  ensure  coordinated  effort. 

One  of  the  most  ticklish  questions  your  city  must  decide  is 
where  to  put  these  control  centers,  and  how  strongly  they 
should  be  built.  First,  no  one  knows  where  ground  zero  will  be. 
Second,  the  gigantic  force  of  the  atom  bomb,  even  of  the 
"obsolete"  types  we  used  on  Japan,  makes  it  impractical  to 
design  a  building  which  would  stand  up  under  an  atomic 
explosion  directly  overhead.  What  is  the  distance,  then,  at 
which  protection  becomes  practical?  How  far  away  will  con- 
struction engineers  assume  the  atomic  bomb  goes  off  in  build- 
ing shelters  and  strengthening  buildings? 

Any  decision  here  is  a  calculated  risk.  But  from  science's 
knowledge  of  the  destructive  effects  of  the  bomb,  through 
blast,  heat  and  nuclear  radiation,  present  planning  is  based 
upon  a  distance  of  half  a  mile  from  ground  zero.  Inside  that 
circle,  destruction  and  death  will  be  virtually  complete.  In 
atomic  attack,  this  mile-wide  area  must  be  written  off  as 
doomed.  Your  chances  of  surviving  there,  to  put  it  mildly, 
range  from  poor  to  nil. 

But  beyond  3,000  feet,  slightly  more  than  half  a  mile,  the 
ratio  of  deaths  to  survivors  begins  to  fall  off  rapidly.  Protection 
becomes  practical.  Buildings  can  be  strengthened  enough  to 
withstand  the  blow.  In  fact,  at  Nagasaki,  there  were  no  earth- 
quake-resistant, reinforced-concrete  buildings  which  suffered 
serious  damage  to  their  frames  at  distances  greater  than  2,000 
feet  from  ground  zero. 

Contrary  to  popular  belief,  U.S.  buildings  are  not  much 
stronger  than  those  at  Hiroshima  and  Nagasaki.  Many  are 
weaker,  for  after  the  disaster  of  1923  the  Japanese  wrote 
earthquake  protection  into  their  building  codes.  Only  in  the 


110 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


eleven  Western  states  are  similar  earthquake-proof  buildings 
required  in  the  United  States. 

American  skyscrapers,  much  higher  than  any  buildings  in 
the  Japanese  bombings,  are  built  on  heavy  steel  frames.  Build- 
ings such  as  these,  which  include  office  buildings  and  many 
hospitals,  would  withstand  the  blast  of  an  atomic  bomb  quite 
well.  But  brick  buildings,  small  or  large,  almost  surely  would 
crack  and  crumble  up  to  a  mile  from  ground  zero,  and  suffer 
severe  damage  if  within  a  mile  and  a  half.  Individual  homes, 
whether  of  brick  or  wood,  would  not  fare  much  better  than 
Japan's  "paper  homes."  Within  7,500  feet,  nearly  all  would 
surfer  severe  structural  damage. 


Remove  heavy  indoor  lighting  fixtures  which  might  fall — 


PROTECTION  IS  POSSIBLE 
HOW  TO  MAKE  YOUR  HOME  SAFER 


111 


There  are  a  number  of  things  you  can  do  to  make  your 
own  home  safer.  Few  will  go  to  the  extreme  of  building  a 
two-foot-thick,  reinforced-concrete  wall  around  the  house, 
although  this  would  provide  almost  complete  protection.  But 
you  can  remove  overhanging  cornices,  heavy  indoor  light  fix- 
tures which  might  fall,  false  ceilings  and  the  like.  Light,  com- 
bustile  curtains  and  draperies  are  a  serious  fire  hazard  at  your 
windows.  Such  ornamental  fabrics  should  be  fireproof — or 
removed  completely. 

If  your  home  is  within  three  miles  of  a  possible  A-bomb 
target  and  you  have  a  picture  window  in  the  living  room,  you 
might  substitute  plastic  for  plate  glass.  Wired  glass  would  also 
make  your  windows  safer.  Half-inch  wire  screening  stretched 


W/re  glass  and  half-inch  wire  screening  will  make  your  windows 
safer — 


112 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


over  the  wired  glass  and  nailed  to  the  window  frames  would 
make  them  safer  yet.  But  muslin  or  paper  glued  over  the  glass 
would  do  no  good  at  all.  The  massive  blast  of  the  atomic 
bomb  would  blow  in  the  window  anyway. 

If  your  home  is  within  five  miles  of  water,  remember  that 
brick,  concrete,  stucco  and  unfinished  wood  can  absorb  the 
radioactive  rain  and  mist  thrown  out  by  an  underwater  explo- 
sion. A  coat  of  paint  makes  decontamination  much  simpler. 

If  you  cook  or  heat  with  gas,  make  certain  there  is  a  cut-off 
valve  in  the  basement — and  that  you  know  how  to  use  it. 

Larger  buildings  in  a  possible  target  city  can  be  strengthened 
by  added  bracing  and  shoring  or  new  transverse  reinforced- 
concrete  walls.  They  can  be  made  safer  for  the  man  in  the 
street  by  stripping  them  of  all  outside  ornamental  brick  or 
stone  and  overhanging  cornices. 

Factory  buildings,  with  light,  saw-tooth  roof  trusses  and 
little  more  than  a  corrugated  shell  over  a  steel  skeleton,  are 
among  the  most  vulnerable  structures  in  atomic  blast.  To  make 
them  safer,  asbestos  siding  can  be  substituted  for  metal.  The 


Factory  buildings  with  light,  saw-toothed  roof  trusses  are  among 
the  most  vulnerable  structures — 


PROTECTION  IS  POSSIBLE      :S        113 

corrugated  asbestos  breaks  up  readily  and  thereby  lessens  the 
shock  on  the  framework  of  the  plant.  Blast  walls  of  reinforced 
concrete  twelve  inches  thick  can  be  built  to  protect  equipment 
such  as  generators,  boilers  and  vital  machine  tools. 

NEW  BUILDINGS 

In  the  construction  of  new  buildings  in  a  possible  atomic 
target  area,  factory,  office  building  or  home,  the  Atomic 
Energy  Commission  makes  a  few  common  sense  suggestions. 

If  possible  build  at  least  three  miles  from  the  most  probable 
target.  L 

If  not,  avoid  extensive  use  of  brick  or  other  loose  facings. 
These  become  deadly  missiles  when  torn  loose  by  blast,  v.u 

Keep  windows  areas  to  a  minimum.  People  who  live  in 
glass  houses,  shouldn't. 

Instead  of  designing  for  a  wind  load  of  15  pounds  per 
square  foot,  as  is  generally  the  case  in  multi-storied  buildings 
today,  the  building  should  be  made  strong  enough  to  stand  up 
to  90  pounds  per  square  foot  horizontal  push.  Details  of  earth- 
quake-resistant construction  should  be  used,  wherever  possible. 
Bridges  can  likewise  be  strengthened  against  sideways  push. 

If  you  build  in  a  depression  or  ravine,  it  is  better  if  .it  runs  at 
right  angles  to  the  most  likely  explosion  area.  The  hill  behind 
your  home  will  then  shield  it  to  a  certain  extent. 

Build  your  buildings  as  resistant  to  fire  as  possible. 

At  Hiroshima  and  Nagasaki,  fifty  percent  of  the  deaths 
and  nearly  three-quarters  of  the  injuries  were  caused  by  burns. 
Burns  from  secondary  sources  —  fires  which  followed  the 
atomic  explosions — were  even  more  hazardous  in  many  cases 
than  the  initial  flash  of  pure  heat.  But  something  can  be  done 
to  protect  you  from  atomic  heat  and  fire. 


114  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

At  Hiroshima  and  Nagasaki,  falling  rubble  and  flying  glass 
caused  more  casualties  than  direct  blast  pressure.  Something 
can  be  done  to  protect  you  against  being  crushed. 

At  Hiroshima  and  Nagasaki,  not  more  than  fifteen  percent 
of  the  fatalities  died  from  radiation  sickness.  And  something 
can  be  done  to  protect  you  against  radiation. 

Living  with  the  grim  possibility  of  atomic  attack  does  not 
mean  laughing  it  off,  nor  forgetting  about  it,  nor  resigning 
to  fatalism.  "If  it  comes,  we'll  all  be  dead,  so  why  worry  about 
it"  philosophy  is  just  as  unrealistic  as  not  having  a  fire  depart- 
ment in  your  town.  Preparing  for  fire  is  a  hard  job.  Preparing 
for  the  atom  bomb  is  even  harder,  and  it  may  seem  far  less 
necessary.  Yet  proper  preparation  can  mean  thousands  of  lives. 
Among  them  may  be  your  own. 

11.     MEDICAL  FIRST  AID 

For  defense  against  an  atomic  war,  the  nation  needs 
20,000,000  lay  persons  trained  in  first  aid.  And  those 
20,000,000  will  need  special  training  in  new  things  to  do  to 
save  atom  bomb  victims.  Some  of  these  things  will  be  so  modi- 
fied as  to  seem  almost  the  reverse  of  what  you  do  normally 
in  giving  first  aid  to  a  highway  accident  victim  or  an  injured 
workman  in  your  plant. 

You  remember  from  the  Red  Cross  first  aid  course  you 
took  during  the  last  war  that  the  first  thing  you  were  taught 
was  to  keep  an  injured  person  lying  down. 

"DON'T  let  an  injured  person  get  up. 

"DO  keep  an  injured  person  lying  down,"  read  the  instruc- 
tions in  the  American  Red  Cross  First  Aid  Textbook,  with 
pictures  to  emphasize  this  important  lesson. 


MEDICAL  FIRST  AID 


115 


But  if  you  are  going  to  give  first  aid  to  victims  of  an  A  or  H 
bomb,  you  may  not  always  be  able  to  follow  these  time-honored 
directions.  Your  first  job  may  be  to  get  the  injured  person  to 
safety,  regardless  of  whether  he  is  fainting  or  has  broken 
bones.  If  fire  is  creeping  close,  if  the  walls  or  nearby  buildings 
are  about  to  fall,  and  if  you  are  alone  with  half  a  dozen  badly 
injured  persons,  you  will  not  be  able  to  "splint  them  where 
they  He." 

In  case  of  an  atom  bomb  explosion  it  may  be  that  the  most 
life-saving  thing  you  can  do  will  be  to  rescue  the  injured  from 
areas  of  hazard.  It  may  be  possible  to  give  top-notch  first  aid 
care  to  many  victims  and  this  should  be  done  wherever  pos- 
sible. But  where  there  are  many  cases  of  badly  injured  and 
equipment  is  lacking,  many  of  your  carefully  learned  first  aid 
lessons  may  need  to  be  changed. 

In  the  first  aid  course,  for  example,  you  learned  to  be  careful 
about  every  minor  cut  and  scratch,  cleansing  them  thoroughly 


If  danger  is  close,  you  will  not  be  able  to  "splint  them  where  they 
lie"— 


116 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


and  perhaps  applying  a  sterile  dressing  to  guard  against  infec- 
tion. In  the  event  of  an  atom  bomb  attack,  some  of  your 
patients  may  be  covered  with  tiny  cuts  and  scratches  from 
flying  glass.  But  in  a  critical  situation  you  will  pay  no  atten- 
tion to  these,  and  if  that  is  all  the  injury  the  person  has,  you 
will  send  him  on  his  way  home  or  to  shelter,  telling  him  to  see 
his  doctor  a  few  days  later  when  things  have  quieted  down. 
You  learned  in  the  Red  Cross  first  aid  class  to  see  what 
injuries  the  patient  had  and  to  care  for  the  most  serious  ones 
first.  You  will  be  doing  the  same  thing  in  case  of  an  atom 
bomb  attack,  but  on  a  much  larger  scale  and  with  one  impor- 
tant new  feature  added. 

THE  GEOGRAPHY  OF  FIRST  AID 

This  new  feature  may  well  be  included  in  the  first  lesson 
you  will  get  in  first  aid  courses  revised  and  expanded  to  meet 


Core  for  ffie  mosf  serious  injuries  first — 


MEDICAL  FIRST  AID  117 

the  needs  of  atomic  war.  This  first  lesson  may  be  on  the 
geography  of  an  atom  bomb  attack  as  it  relates  to  first  aid  to 
the  injured.  Through  it  you  will  learn  to  think  of  your  home 
town  in  terms  of  circles  or  concentric  rings,  like  the  rings  that 
spread  out  from  the  center  when  you  drop  a  stone  in  a  quiet 
pool  of  water. 

At  the  center  is  the  point  where  the  bomb  drops,  if  it  is  an 
air  burst.  What  you  do  in  the  way  of  first  aid  depends  on 
where  you  are  in  relation  to  this  central  point.  Up  to  one  mile 
out,  in  all  directions,  from  this  central  point,  will  be  the  area 
of  very  heavy  destruction  from  the  blast  damage  and  of  deadly 
dosage  of  radiation.  Most  of  the  people  in  this  area  will  be 
killed,  but  a  few  will  survive.  Authorities  estimate  that  about 
5%  of  people  in  this  first  zone  will  survive  and  not  even  suffer 
damage  from  radiation.  The  figures  are  based  on  the  Japanese 
experience.  Survival  of  these  few  people  was  due  to  the  fact 
that  they  happened  to  be  in  places  where  they  were  sheltered 
both  from  blast  and  radiation. 

For  the  next  mile  out  in  all  directions  there  will  be  heavy 
blast  damage  and  this  is  also  the  "dangerous  dose"  area  of 
radiation.  Here  is  where  you  will  apply  your  modified  first  aid. 
This  is  the  hazard  area  where  there  may  be  fire,  falling  walls 
and  flying  debris  that  could  kill  you  and  your  patient  while 
you  are  taking  time  to  apply  a  splint  or  a  tourniquet  to  stop 
bleeding. 

Here  also  is  the  place  where  you  probably  will  not  have 
any  splints  or  tourniquets  or  sterile  dressings  to  apply  even 
if  you  had  the  time.  They  will  either  have  been  destroyed  or 
so  covered  with  debris  that  you  could  not  get  at  them.  So  you 
look  first,  as  always,  for  signs  of  shock  and  bleeding,  but  also 
for  signs  of  approaching  fire  or  shaky  walls.  If  the  patient  is 


118 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


bleeding  you  put  your  hand  right  over  the  bleeding  place,  dirt 
and  all,  and  press  hard  enough  to  check  the  bleeding.  You 
keep  up  the  pressure  while  you  lead  the  man  or  woman  to 
safety.  More  likely,  you  will  have  to  show  the  patient  where 
and  how  to  use  pressure  and  send  him  on  his  way  alone,  while 
you  go  on  to  care  for  the  next  victim,  the  next,  and  the  next. 


Keep  up  the  pressure  while  you  lead  the  patient  to  safety — 

You  may  notice  the  symptoms  of  oncoming  shock  as  you 
have  been  trained  to  do,  but  whether  you  have  the  patient  lie 
down  and  try  to  keep  him  warm,  to  prevent  shock,  or  whether 
you  send  him  on  to  safer  area  or  to  his  home  will  depend  on 
the  situation  with  regard  to  the  likelihood  of  further  damage 
and  injury. 

You  do  not  need  to  worry  or  even  think  about  the  radiation 
effects.  Up  to  the  present,  there  is  nothing  in  the  way  of  first 
aid  treatment  that  will  overcome  the  effects  of  a  heavy  dose 
of  radiation.  All  the  things  that  can  be  done,  including  the 


MEDICAL  FIRST  AID 


119 


new  methods  now  being  tested  in  laboratories,  for  helping 
toward  the  possible  recovery  of  patients  who  got  heavy  doses 
of  radiation,  will  have  to  be  done  by  doctors  and  nurses.  Your 
role  as  a  first  aider  will  be  to  keep  the  surviving  victims  from 
bleeding  to  death  or  getting  further  fatal  injuries  before  the 
doctors  and  nurses  have  a  chance  to  try  to  treat  them. 

Remember  this  about  the  radiation  from  an  atom  bomb: 
It  is  all  over  in  a  minute  or  so.  About  99%  of  the  radiation 
produced  comes  out  in  the  first  fraction  of  a  second  after  the 
bomb  goes  off.  By  the  time  you  have  picked  yourself  up, 
realized  what  has  happended  and  pulled  yourself  together  and 
begun  to  think  about  using  your  first  aid  training  to  help 
those  around  you,  the  danger  is  over.  You  will  gain  nothing 
by  running  away.  You  can  safely  stay  and  help  those  in  need. 

Next  in  the  geography  of  atom  bomb  first  aid  are  the 
areas  between  two  and  four  miles  out  from  the  center  where 
the  bomb  was  dropped.  Here  the  damage  will  be  moderate  to 


TRIANGULAR    BANDAGE.  USE 
THIS,    SOFT    WEBBING.  OR 
OTHER,  SUITABLE  ARTICLE  FOR 
TOURNIQUET. 


Quick,  proper  freofmenf  of  leg  or  arm  injuriet 


120  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

slight.  Most  buildings  will  be  standing;  there  will  not  be  much 
fire  danger,  but  there  may  be  many  casualties. 

About  20  or  25%  of  the  people  in  these  two  outer  areas 
of  a  mile  each  will  be  killed.  Many  others  will  have  severe 
injuries.  There  may  be  bad  leg  cuts  that  are  bleeding  pro- 
fusely. Quick,  proper  treatment  can  save  many  lives  here.  And 
this  is  the  area  where  top  notch  first  aid  can  and  should 
be  given. 

You  will  have  time  to  do  it  because  there  will  not  be  so 
many  injured  in  your  immediate  vicinity,  and  you  will  have 
splints  and  other  equipment  to  use.  But  even  though  you  may 
see  only  two  or  three  or  five  badly  injured  persons,  the  total 
number  will  be  large  because  the  area  is  circular.  So  the  total 
number  of  trained  first  aiders  must  be  large  if  people  in  this 
area  are  to  be  saved. 

You  will  not,  of  course,  stop  to  consult  a  map  to  see  which 
area  you  are  in  after  an  atom  bomb  burst.  Nor  will  you  be 
able  to  tell  the  exact  point  where  the  bomb  fell.  But  you  will 
be  able  to  locate  yourself  atom-geographically  pretty  well  by 
the  look  of  things  around  you. 

If  most  of  the  buildings  are  down  and  you  see  fire,  you  are 
near  the  central  area.  If  only  a  few  buildings  are  down,  and 
those  mostly  the  small  brick  structures,  and  no  large  fire  seems 
close,  you  are  probably  out  in  the  moderate  to  light  damage 
area.  The  one-,  two-,  three-  and  four-mile  circles  may  each  be 
larger,  depending  on  the  power  of  the  atom  bomb  dropped. 

FIRST  AID  TREATMENT 

Look  for  1.  serious  bleeding,  2.  difficult  breathing  or  stop- 
page of  breathing,  and  3.  poisoning.  Treat  immediately,  in 
that  order,  before  you  do  anything  else. 


MEDICAL  FIRST  AID  121 

That  is  the  Number  One  rule  that  will  be  taught  the 
20,000,000  persons  throughout  this  nation  who  will  be  needed 
to  give  first  aid  in  event  of  an  atomic  attack.  It  is  the  prime 
rule  to  remember  at  any  time  you  are  giving  first  aid,  whether 
to  victims  of  a  highway  accident  or  to  someone  who  is  acci- 
dentally injured  at  home  or  at  your  place  of  work. 

Victims  of  an  atomic  attack  will  suffer  many  kinds  of 
injuries.  There  will  be  all  the  kinds  that  would  come  in  an 
ordinary  bombing  attack,  plus  a  few  peculiar  to  the  atom  bomb 
itself.  Flash  burns  and  burns  from  fire  and  injuries  from  blast, 
from  flying  debris  and  from  collapsing  buildings  can  be 
expected  in  varying  degrees,  both  as  to  number  and  severity. 

From  the  bomb  itself,  of  course,  will  come  ionizing  radia- 
tions, those  alpha,  beta  and  gamma  rays  that  are  so  mysterious 
and  frightening  to  most  people.  The  damage  these  do  depends 
on  the  dose  of  them  that  gets  inside  the  body.  Within  500 
yards  of  the  point  where  the  bomb  explodes  a  high  enough 
dose  of  ionizing  radiation  to  kill  is  likely  to  strike  most  of 
the  victims.  But  these  same  victims  are  also  likely  to  be  killed 
immediately  by  blast,  fire  and  collapsing  buildings.  Even  up 
to  1,000  yards  out,  ionizing  radiation  from  the  bomb  will  be 
great  enough  to  kill,  though  the  victims  may  not  die  immedi- 
ately and  may  die  of  other  injuries  than  that  from  the  ionizing 
radiation. 

In  non-fatal  cases  of  this  radiation  injury,  signs  and  symp- 
toms usually  do  not  appear  until  two  or  three  days  after  and 
sometimes  not  until  three  weeks  after. 

RADIATION  SICKNESS 

As  a  first  aider,  you  will  not  be  worrying  about  caring  for 
these  ionizing  radiation  injuries  themselves.  But  if,  two  or 


122  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

three  days  after  the  bomb  burst,  one  of  your  friends  or 
neighbors  complains  of  feeling  a  little  sick,  and  perhaps  has 
been  nauseated  and  had  diarrhea,  you  might  suspect  radiation 
injury  and  advise  him  to  see  a  doctor  promptly.  Many  of  the 
borderline  cases  may  be  saved  by  transfusions  of  whole  blood. 
And  perhaps  by  the  time  an  atom  bomb  drops  in  your  town, 
medical  scientists  will  have  found  other  good  treatments  for 
the  radiation  injury  from  it. 


Many  of  the  borderline  cases  might  be  saved  by  transfusions  of 
whole  blood — 

Some  of  the  victims  may  complain  that  they  cannot  see. 
Unless  the  eyes  are  protected,  the  flash  of  the  bomb  could 
produce  temporary  blindness.  Normal  eyesight  will  return  in 
about  five  minutes,  on  the  average,  though  this  temporary 
blindness  may  last  for  several  hours.  You  will  help  these  victims 
to  a  safe  place,  reassuring  them,  and  of  course  treating  any 
serious  injuries  they  may  have.  But  leave  the  eyes  alone.  You 
don't  want  to  put  anything  in  or  on  the  eyes  that  might  cause 
infection.  Radiation  from  the  bomb  can  cause  serious  damage 
to  the  eyes.  The  number  of  these  radiation  cataracts  so  far 
reported  among  Japanese  victims,  however,  has  been  small. 
They  do  not  develop  immediately  and,  like  any  other  cataract, 


MEDICAL  FIRST  AID 


123 


require  treatment  by  an  eye  specialist  when  they  do  develop. 
As  a  first  aider  immediately  after  the  bomb  goes  off,  how- 
ever, you  are  going  to  be  busy  helping  people  with  bad  burns, 
torn  and  mangled  limbs,  gaping  belly  wounds  with  intestines 
and  other  internal  organs  showing,  and  people  choking  and 
gasping  for  breath  because  of  pressure  on  chest  and  belly  or 
a  wound  that  has  pierced  the  chest.  And  there  will  be  others 
with  mouth  and  nose  so  covered  by  sand,  gravel  and  other 
rubble  that  they  cannot  breathe. 

SERIOUS  BLEEDING 


If  blood  is  coming  fast,  it  is  serious,  and  you  must  try  to  stop  it — 

Remember  you  are  going  to  look  first  for  serious  bleeding 
and  stop  it.  Loss  of  more  than  two  pints  of  blood  at  one  time 
can  be  serious  and  may  be  fatal.  If  a  large  artery  or  vein  is  cut, 
blood  will  pour  out  fast  and  in  large  quantities.  Bleeding  is 
serious  if  bright  red  blood  spurts  from  a  wound  or  if  the  blood 
is  flowing  freely,  whether  bright  or  dark.  Blood  from  arteries 


124  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

is  brighter  than  blood  from  veins  and  usually  comes  in  spurts 
corresponding  to  the  beating,  or  pumping  action,  of  the  heart. 

You  do  not  need  to  decide,  however,  whether  the  blood  is 
coming  from  an  artery  or  vein.  If  it  is  coming  fast  and  does  not 
stop  by  itself  within  four  or  five  minutes  it  is  serious  and  you 
must  try  to  stop  it.  Remember,  the  victim  may  have  been 
bleeding  four  or  five  minutes  by  the  time  you  reach  him.  So  if 
you  see  a  lot  of  blood  on  his  clothes  or  see  the  blood  pouring 
from  a  wound,  go  into  action  at  once. 

Direct  pressure  is  the  most  commonly  used  way  to  stop 
bleeding.  You  may  have  to  put  your  hand  right  on  the  wound. 
Sometimes  pressing  your  fingers  on  the  edge  of  the  wound  will 
stop  the  bleeding.  If  you  have  a  sterile  gauze  compress,  use 
it,  but  don't  wait  to  get  one.  A  clean  handkerchief  or  cloth 
is  better  than  your  hand  or  fingers,  but  again,  don't  wait  to 
find  one.  Depending  on  circumstances,  you  can  send  someone 
for  a  handkerchief  or  bandage,  or  the  victim  may  be  able  to 
apply  pressure  while  you  get  one.  As  soon  as  you  can,  sub- 
stitute a  cloth  or  dressing  for  you  hands  and  fingers  and  press 
firmly  on  that.  If  this  stops  the  bleeding,  bandage  the  cloth  or 
dressing  tightly.  Look  at  the  bandage  frequently  to  see  whether 
bleeding  has  started  again.  If  it  has,  you  must  apply  more 
pressure.  Don't  take  the  bandage  and  dressing  off,  however. 
This  might  disturb  or  break  the  clot  that  is  forming. 

If  the  bleeding  is  from  a  wound  in  the  neck,  you  cannot 
very  well  bandage  a  dressing  in  place.  Put  your  hands  above 
and  below  the  cut  and  press  firmly  enough  to  stop  the  bleeding 
and  keep  up  the  pressure  until  a  doctor  tells  you  to  stop.  Be- 
cause the  blood  will  make  the  neck  very  slippery  to  hold,  a 
compress  of  the  cleanest  material  immediately  available  will  be 
a  great  help  in  keeping  the  pressure  on. 


MEDICAL  FIRST  AID 


125 


When  bleeding  is  from  the  hands,  feet,  arms  or  legs,  it  may 
help  to  raise  the  injured  part.  If  there  is  a  broken  bone,  how- 
ever, do  not  do  this.  Keep  the  injured  part  quiet,  aside  from 
the  necessary  manipulation  to  apply  pressure  and  bandage  and 
to  raise  it.  Movement  may  loosen  the  clot  and  causing  bleeding 
to  start  again. 

A  good  way  to  stop  serious  bleeding  in  many  cases  is  to 
press  your  hands  or  fingers  on  certain  "pressure  points."  These 
points  are  where  the  main  artery  to  the  injured  part  lies  close 
to  a  bone,  which  gives  a  firm  object  against  which  to  press. 


1  TEMPORAL  ARTERY 

ARTERY  IN  NOTCH  OF  JAW 
3  CAROTID  ARTERY 
4.  SUBCLAVIAN  ARTERY 

5  BRACHIAL  ARTERY 

6  FEMORAL  ARTERY 


Pressure  points  on  the  body — 


There  are  a  number  of  these  pressure  points,  but  the  two 
most  practical  for  the  first  aider  to  learn  and  use  are: 

1 .  On  the  inner,  or  body,  side  of  the  arm,  below  the  armpit 
and  about  halfway  between  shoulder  and  elbow. 

2.  In  the  mid-groin  as  the  artery  passes  over  the  pelvic 
bone.  Press  downward,  with  your  arm  straight,  pressing  the 
heel  of  your  hand  into  the  middle  of  the  groin. 


126  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

TOURNIQUETS 

You  have  undoubtedly  heard  about  tourniquets  used  to 
stop  bleeding.  Remember  that  they  are  always  dangerous. 
Applied  by  someone  who  knows  how,  they  are  useful,  but 
they  should  not  be  used  if  bleeding  can  be  checked  by  other 
means. 

A  tourniquet  can  be  made  from  a  belt,  stocking,  handker- 
chief or  cloth  folded  to  make  a  flat  band  at  least  two  inches 
wide.  Never  use  a  rope,  wire  or  sash  cord.  Tourniquets  are 
most  conveniently  used  on  arms  and  legs.  Wrap  the  flat  mate- 
rial twice  around  the  leg  or  arm.  The  correct  places  are  around 
the  upper  arm  about  a  hand's  breadth  below  the  armpit  and 
around  the  thigh  about  a  hand's  breadth  below  the  groin. 

Tie  the  ends  in  a  half-knot.  Put  a  stick  or  similar  article  on 
the  half-knot  and  tie  a  square  knot.  Then  twist  the  stick 
swiftly  to  tighten  the  tourniquet.  Hold  the  stick  in  place  by 
the  ends  of  the  tourniquet  or  another  bandage. 

Don't  bother  to  put  on  a  tourniquet  until  you  have  brought 
the  bleeding  under  control  by  pressure  on  the  wound  or  on 
the  appropriate  pressure  point. 

Tourniquets  must  be  tight  enough  to  stop  the  flow  of  blood 
in  the  artery.  Since  this  is  usually  deep  below  the  surface,  the 
tourniquet  must  be  really  tight  or  it  will  be  worse  than  useless. 
One  way  of  telling  whether  it  is  tight  enough  is  to  feel  for  the 
pulse  at  wrist  or,  if  the  tourniquet  if  on  the  leg,  at  the  instep  on 
the  front  of  the  foot  between  the  ankle  bones.  If  the  flow  of 
blood  through  the  artery  has  been  stopped,  there  will  be  no 
pulse.  But  it  takes  practice  to  know  whether  this  is  the  case. 

When  you  get  the  tourniquet  really  tight,  you  have  cut  off 
all  blood  to  that  arm  or  leg.  If  the  circulation  is  cut  off  long 


TREATMENT  OF  BURNS  127 

enough,  the  part  dies  and  gangrene  sets  in.  That  is  why  standard 
first  aid  lessons  direct  you  to  loosen  the  tourniquet  every  15 
minutes,  tightening  it  again  if  bleeding  starts.  Also,  you  must 
be  careful  not  to  cover  a  tourniquet  with  a  bandage  or  splint, 
or  it  may  be  forgotten  and  not  loosened  when  necessary.  As 
an  extra  precaution,  you  can  put  the  letters  TK  on  the  victim's 
forehead,  using  pencil,  lipstick,  a  piece  of  charred  wood  or 
whatever  is  handy  for  marking. 

As  you  can  see,  the  use  of  a  tourniquet  is  complicated. 
Unless  you  have  had  enough  training  to  be  expert,  it  may  be 
wiser  and  safer  not  to  try  using  this  dangerous  instrument. 


Loosen  the  tourniquet  every  fifteen  minutes — 

12.     THE  TREATMENT  OF  BURNS 

Burns  and  how  to  cure  them  are  the  hottest  medical  problem, 
thanks  to  the  danger  of  A-bomb  radiation  added  to  the  more 
peaceful  accidents  such  as  smoking  in  bed. 

The  best  cure  for  burns  is  to  prevent  them.  But  if  you  are 
burned  badly,  the  chances  are  you  will  get  the  best  treatment 
the  world  has  ever  been  able  to  give  to  burns. 

Ugly,  dangerous  burns  with  the  flesh  literally  cooked  and 
charred  and  the  skin  totally  destroyed  are  called  third  degree 
burns.  The  sign  of  a  second  degree  burn  is  the  blister,  though 
you  cannot  always  tell  by  this  sign  immediately,  because  the 
blisters  may  not  form  until  hours  or  even  a  day  later. 


128 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


The  first  degree  burn,  unlike  murder,  is  the  least  serious. 
The  reddened  skin  of  a  mild  wind  or  sunburn  is  an  example 
of  a  first  degree  burn.  The  damage  is  confined  to  the  most 
superficial  layers  of  the  skin  which  may  "peel"  in  small 
powdery  flakes.  If  you  blistered  after  that  day  at  the  beach, 
however,  you  had  a  second  degree  burn.  How  sick  you  were 
depended  on  how  much  of  your  skin  got  seriously  burned. 


The  red  skin  of  o  mild  sunburn  is  an  example  of  first  degree  burn — 
The  amount  of  body  surface  burned  as  well  as  the  degree 
of  the  burn  plays  a  part  in  the  severity  of  the  burn.  Up  to 
the  time  of  the  second  World  War,  first  degrees  burns  involving 
two-thirds  of  the  body  surface  and,  in  adults,  second-degree 
burns  involving  one-third  of  the  body  surface  were  generally 
fatal.  But  in  1945  a  Navy  surgeon  could  report  the  recovery 
and  return  to  duty  within  three  months  of  a  young  Marine 
who  had  second  and  third  degree  burns  over  83%  of  his  body. 
To  get  such  results  requires  practically  the  whole  armory  of 
medical  weapons  from  gauze  to  vitamins  and  steaks  and  the 


TREATMENT  OF  BURNS  129 

surgeon's  skin  grafting  instruments.  And  it  requires  also  a  corps 
of  trained  medical  personnel.  Because  of  the  tremendous 
amount  of  material  and  equally  large  number  of  persons  needed 
to  care  for  a  single  badly  burned  patient,  present  medical  re- 
search on  burns  is  aimed  partly  at  finding  ways  to  cut  these  twin 
bottlenecks  without  sacrificing  the  patient's  recovery. 

In  the  decade  before  World  War  II,  tannic  acid  was  widely 
used  to  treat  burns.  It  was  used  either  alone  or  hi  combination 
with  silver  nitrate,  a  purple  dye  called  gentian  violet,  or  a  so- 
called  triple  dye.  The  idea  was  to  tan  the  skin  and  produce  a 
protective  scab,  medically  termed  an  eschar.  These  substances 
were  sprayed  on  the  skin  until  a  good  eschar  was  produced. 
Then  the  patient  was  put  to  bed  and  covered  with  a  heat  cradle. 
Burn  ointments  for  home  use  had  tannic  acid  put  into  them  and 
people  were  even  told  that,  if  they  could  not  get  medical  aid 
promptly,  they  might  start  the  tanning  process  by  applying 
strong  tea  to  the  burn. 

The  tanning  treatment,  however,  had  to  go  on  over  a  pro- 
longed period  and  the  results  were  uncertain.  Pus  can  collect, 
undetected,  under  a  tanned  scab  and  may  destroy  valuable 
bits  of  skin  not  killed  outright  by  the  burn.  In  second  degree 
burns,  even  severe  ones,  many  of  the  deeper  parts  of  the  skin 
are  spared  and  can  regenerate  new  skin.  The  tanning  treatment 
too  often  destroyed  these  important  surviving  bits  of  skin  tis- 
sue. The  difficulty  of  removing  the  scab  was  another  disadvan- 
tage of  this  method. 

MODERATE  TREATMENT 

Successors  to  the  tanning  treatment  were:  1 .  Use  of  a  sulf a 
drug,  sulfadiazine,  in  triethanolamine  spray  to  form  a  trans- 
parent, pliable  scab,  or  eschar,  through  which  pus  formation 


130  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

and  other  changes  in  the  burned  area  could  be  seen.  2.  Use  of 
boric  acid,  in  ointment  or  in  fluid  form  under  pressure  dress- 
ings. This  was  abandoned  when  it  was  discovered  that  boric 
acid,  previously  considered  a  harmless,  if  weak  antiseptic, 
could  poison  and  even  kill  in  some  circumstances. 

Discovery  of  the  sulf  a  drugs  and  then  of  penicillin  and  other 
antibiotics  has  greatly  aided  the  victims  of  severe  burns.  Infec- 
tion has  long  been  a  major  problem  in  burns,  particularly  those 
occurring  in  disasters  in  which  the  victims  may  have  other 
wounds  besides  the  burn.  In  the  event  of  an  atomic  disaster, 
the  infection  problem  is  greater  because  radiation  from  the 
bomb  reduces  resistance  to  infection. 

Medical  scientists  have  not  yet  all  agreed  on  the  best  method 
of  fighting  infection  in  burns.  Some  believe  that  sulfa  drugs  or 
penicillin  or  other  antibiotics  should  be  put  directly  onto  the 
burn,  usually  in  the  form  of  an  ointment,  when  the  first  dressing 
is  put  on.  Others  think  it  is  better  to  put  nothing  on  the  burn 
itself  except  a  sterile  dressing  or  a  sterile  dressing  impregnated 
with  petrolatum.  This  group  thinks  the  penicillin  or  other  anti- 
infection  drug  should  be  given  by  hypodermic  injection,  as  in 
the  case  of  pneumonia  or  other  infection,  to  be  carried  to  the 
burned  area  and  all  other  parts  of  the  body  by  the  blood  stream. 
But,  says  the  other  side,  this  method  of  giving  penicillin  requires 
more  trained  personnel  to  give  the  hypodermic  injections. 

Both  sides  agree  that  when  there  are  other  wounds  besides 
burns,  as  there  are  likely  to  be  in  the  case  of  an  atomic  or  other 
great  disaster,  "shots"  of  penicillin  would  have  to  be  given  to 
fight  the  danger  of  infection  from  the  other  wounds. 

The  solution  may  come,  at  least  for  atomic  bomb  burn 
victims,  through  aureomycin  or  some  other  antibiotic  which 
is  effective  when  given  by  mouth  in  pills  or  capsules. 


TREATMENT  OF  BURNS  131 

One  of  the  methods  of  treating  burns  now  under  trial  in  a 
couple  of  burn  research  centers,  is  the  "exposure  method." 
With  this  method,  nothing  is  put  on  the  burn.  It  is  left  com- 
pletely exposed  to  the  air,  but  the  burned  part  is  immobilized 
in  some  way.  Good  healing  of  superficial  burns,  without  infec- 
tion, in  one  to  four  weeks,  has  been  reported  with  this 
method.  Penicillin  "shots"  are  given  the  patient  as  part  of  the 
treatment.  How  well  this  method  works  with  deep  burns  that 
extend  through  all  layers  of  skin  tissue  remains  to  be  seen. 

PRESSURE  TREATMENT  OF  BURNS 

Direct  opposite  of  the  exposure  method  is  the  pressure  dress- 
ing which  came  into  use  during  World  War  II  and  has  con- 
tinued in  use  since  then.  These  are  large  pads  of  absorbent, 
resilient  material  bandaged  on  tightly  and  left  in  place  for  a 
week  or  10  days.  With  this  dressing  pain  is  greatly  relieved  and 
almost  all  superficial  burns,  mild  or  deep,  heal  in  one  to  four 
weeks  if  infection  does  not  develop.  Disadvantages,  in  case 
of  disasters  with  mass  casualties  to  be  treated,  are  the  amount 
of  material  and  time  and  numbers  of  trained  personnel  needed 
to  apply  to  dressings. 

To  cut  this  bottleneck,  there  is  a  new  burn  dressing  con- 
sisting of  fine  mesh  gauze  next  to  the  skin,  a  thick  cellucotton 
pad  and  a  tough  outer  layers  of  cotton.  This  all-in-one-section 
dressing  can  be  put  on  quickly  and  its  application  should  need 
only  supervision  by  a  doctor,  thus  freeing  him  to  supervise 
treatment  of  large  numbers  of  patients  at  one  time.  This  dress- 
ing is  now  getting  experimental  trials  in  two  large  clinics  where 
many  burns  patients  are  treated. 

Nylon  is  also  on  trial  as  a  burn  dressing.  English  doctors 
have  been  trying  Nylon  bags  to  cover  burned  hands  and  pieces 


132  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

of  Nylon  to  cover  other  burned  areas.  Advantages  are  that  it 
can  be  put  on  fast,  it  can  be  sterilized  in  an  autoclave,  does  not 
tear  easily,  is  transparent  in  the  form  used  so  that  the  doctor 
can  watch  the  progress  of  the  burn  without  removing  the  dress- 
ing, allows  unrestricted  movement  of  the  burned  part,  and 
should  be  cheap  if  mass-produced. 

If  fluid  collects  over  the  burn,  the  doctor  can  stick  a  sterile 
needle  through  the  Nylon  dressing  or  bag,  suck  out  the  fluid 
and  seal  the  tiny  needle  hole  instead  of  having  to  remove  the 
entire  dressing  and  put  on  a  fresh  one.  Needed  for  more  effec- 
tive use  of  this  dressing  is  a  method  of  sealing  the  Nylon  to  the 
skin  around  the  edges  of  the  burn. 

Regardless  of  what  kind  of  dressings  are  used  or  whether 
none  are  used,  good  burn  treatment  dictates  that  everyone  in 
attendance  on  the  patient,  from  the  surgeon  who  dresses  the 
burn  to  the  nurse  or  orderly  who  gives  bedpans,  should  wear 
a  mask.  This  is  to  cut  down  the  chances  of  infection  from 
germs  that  even  healthy  people  may  be  carrying  in  their  noses 
and  throats. 

PREVENTING  PAIN 

As  everyone  knows,  burns  are  painful.  Flash  burns,  such  as 
come  in  atomic  attacks  and  also  in  explosions,  are  superficial 
but  extremely  painful.  Small  doses  of  morphine  or  codeine  do  a 
good  job  of  relieving  pain  in  superficial  burns,  such  as  the 
flash  burns  of  an  atomic  attack,  and  even  in  deep  burns,  espe- 
cially when  the  burn  is  covered.  The  covering  of  the  burn  alone 
does  much  to  relieve  pain  and  this  is  one  reason  medical  scien- 
tists have  been  working  hard  to  find  good  simple  ways  of 
covering  burns  without  contaminating  them,  for  use  in  large 
scale  disasters. 


TREATMENT  OF  BURNS  133 

Morphine,  however,  may  turn  out  to  have  another  important 
value  in  treatment  of  burns  besides  that  of  relieving  pain.  It 
may  reduce  the  swellings,  from  accumulations  of  fluid,  known 
medically  as  edema,  which  come  with  severe  burns.  In  studies 
with  guinea  pigs,  scientists  have  found  significant  decreases  in 
the  swellings  with  increasing  doses  of  morphine.  In  this  study, 
the  laboratory  animals  were  all  burned  with  a  measured 
amount  of  heat  so  that  all  had  the  same  kinds  of  burns  and 
the  effects  of  various  treatments  could  be  determined  accu- 
rately by  comparing  treated  with  untreated  but  identically 
burned  animals. 

The  morphine  that  reduced  the  swellings  in  these  animals 
was  given  before  the  burn,  so  one  of  the  big  questions  to  be 
answered  is  whether  it  will  be  as  effective  for  this  purpose 
when  given  after  the  burn.  The  studies  are  still  going  on  and 
it  is  not  known  yet  whether  the  preliminary  results  will  prove 
out,  especially  when  applied  to  burned  humans  instead  of 
burned  guinea  pigs. 

Severely  burned  patients  suffer  shock,  anemia  and,  if  they 
survive,  the  first  shock  period,  a  kind  of  poisoning  from  the 
absorption  of  poison  products  from  the  burned  tissues  or  from 
infection  or  both.  Plasma,  the  fluid  part  of  the  blood,  as  well 
as  red  blood  cells  are  lost  from  the  blood  stream  into  the 
burned  tissues. 

BLOOD  TRANSFUSIONS 

Plasma  and  blood  albumin  help  fight  the  shock.  But  severely 
burned  patients  need  whole  blood  as  well.  As  one  Army  doctor 
puts  it,  burned  patients  "seem  to  burn  up  transfused  blood." 
When  a  pint  of  whole  blood  is  given  to  a  burned  patient,  there 
is  not  the  increase  in  red  blood  cells  that  would  be  expected 


134 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


and  would  come  from  transfusing  a  pint  of  whole  blood  to  a 
patient  sick  with  some  other  wound  or  illness.  An  A-bomb 
burn  victim  needs  even  more  blood,  because  the  radiation  from 
the  bomb  damages  the  blood  forming  organs  in  his  body.  This 
makes  him  easier  prey,  also,  to  germs  not  only  in  the  burn  or 
other  wounds  but  to  those  of  pneumonia  or  strep  sore  throat 
or  others  which  a  previously  healthy  person  could  fight  off 
easily  with  the  aid  of  a  sulf a  drug  or  antibiotic  such  as  peni- 
cillin. Atomic  bomb  burn  victims  need  whole  blood  to  save 
them  until  their  own  blood  making  organs  have  recovered  and 
are  on  the  job  again. 

Because  the  burn  patient  loses  the  fluid  part  of  the  blood, 
this  also  must  be  replaced,  as  must  salt  and  other  minerals. 
Vitamins,  plasma,  albumin,  whole  blood  and  salt  solutions 
are  given  by  vein  and  as  soon  as  he  can  drink  and  swallow, 
fluids  of  all  kinds  are  "forced." 


Steaks  or  their  equivalent  in  protein  are  a  must  in  the  diet  of  the  burn 
patient — 

Cortisone,  adrenal  gland  hormone  famous  for  its  bene- 
ficial effects  in  arthritis,  might  become  part  of  the  future 
treatment  for  severely  burned  patients.  Many  doctors  have 
already  been  using  adrenal  gland  extracts,  but  recent  experi- 
ments with  guinea  pigs  show  that  the  death  rate  can  be  halved 
if  cortisone  is  given  along  with  treatment  for  shock  during  the 
first  critical  days  after  the  burn.  The  cortisone  would  tide 


TREATMENT  OF  BURNS  135 

the  patient  over  the  critical  "toxic"  period  between  the  third 
and  tenth  days  after  the  burn  when  some  patients,  even  with 
no  infection,  who  have  survived  the  initial  shock,  still  die. 
Whether  cortisone  is  used  for  this  purpose,  of  course,  will 
depend  on  two  things:  1.  Whether  the  guinea  pig  results 
prove  out  in  humans,  and  2.  Whether  enough  cortisone  ever 
becomes  available. 

Steaks  or  their  equivalent  in  good  protein  are  a  "must"  in 
the  diet  of  the  burn  patient.  The  protein  ration  should  be  at 
least  125  grams  per  day.  That  is  four  ounces  or  more,  and  the 
four  ounces  means  protein,  not  just  meat.  It  would  take  at 
least  a  pound  of  sirloin  steak,  weighed  without  the  bone,  to 
furnish  four  ounces  of  protein. 

Because  of  the  vast  amounts  of  blood  that  would  be  needed 
to  save  victims  of  atomic  attack,  scientists  are  vigorously  push- 
ing research  on  blood  substitutes.  More  correctly,  these  should 
be  called  plasma  substitutes,  because  so  far  no  one  knows  of 
any  real  substitute  for  whole  blood.  Of  the  plasma  substitutes, 
useful  for  fighting  shock  and  therefore  important,  dextran 
seems  at  present  to  hold  most  promise.  This  is  a  Swedish 
product  developed,  during  World  War  II,  from  a  byproduct  of 
sugar  manufacture. 

Being  pushed  also,  under  the  American  Red  Cross  national 
blood  program,  is  research  into  ways  of  keeping  whole  blood 
or  red  blood  cells  longer.  At  present,  three  weeks  is  the  limit 
of  the  useful  life  of  red  blood  cells  and  therefore  of  whole 
blood  that  has  been  drawn  from  the  body.  Any  material  exten- 
sion of  this  time  limit  would  make  possible  stockpiling  of  blood 
on  a  larger  scale  for  use  in  case  of  large  scale  catastrophes. 

Third  degree  burns,  in  which  all  the  skin  is  destroyed,  are 
the  ones  in  which  skin  grafting  is  needed  unless  the  burn  is 


136  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

small  in  area.  These  also  are  the  burns  with  ugly  scars  that 
contract  as  they  heal,  pulling  flesh  out  of  shape  and,  when 
they  cross  joints,  making  movement  difficult  or  impossible. 
Burns  of  the  neck,  hands,  elbows  and  other  jointed  parts  of  the 
body  are  therefore  given  special  care  to  prevent  these  often 
crippling  contractures.  Early  skin  grafting  is  usually  done  for 
this  purpose. 

Another  class  of  burns  are  chemical  burns.  First  step  in 
treatment  of  these  consists  in  washing  off  the  chemical  with 
large  quantities  of  water.  If  the  burn  was  from  an  acid,  an 
alkaline  solution,  such  as  soda  in  water,  if  available,  would 
be  useful  because  it  would  counteract  the  acid. 

While  the  treatment  of  burns  is  enormously  complicated, 
burns  are  burns,  whether  they  come  from  an  atom  bomb,  the 
sun's  rays  on  the  beach,  a  chemical,  or  the  steam  from  the  tea 
kettle  on  the  stove. 

FIRST  AID  FOR  BURNS 

In  case  of  burns,  the  first  aider's  duties  "are  to  relieve  pain, 
prevent  infection  and  treat  shock." 

Those  directions,  from  the  American  Red  Cross  First  Aid 
Textbook,  will  be  especially  important  for  you  to  remember 
if  you  are  called  on  to  give  first  aid  in  case  of  an  atomic  bomb 
attack  in  your  community. 

Burns  are  expected  to  make  up  anywhere  from  one-fifth 
to  one-half  the  casualties  in  such  an  attack.  Estimates  based 
on  the  Japanese  experience  may  be  too  high,  because  with 
any  warning  of  the  attack,  large  numbers  of  people  should  be 
able  to  find  shelter  from  the  heat  flash  accompanying  the  bomb 
burst.  If  fire-fighting  plans  now  being  made  are  carried  out, 
it  should  be  possible  to  reduce  the  number  of  burn  casualties. 


TREATMENT  OF  BURNS  137 

still  further,  because  many  of  these  were  caused  by  uncon- 
trolled fires  after  the  atom  bombing  in  Japan. 

Several  thousand  severe  burn  casualties,  however,  can  be 
expected  in  any  community  that  is  atom  bombed.  It  is  to  care 
for  these,  as  well  as  for  the  victims  with  serious  bleeding, 
broken  bones  and  torn  and  mangled  flesh,  that  20,000,000 
lay  persons  must  be  trained  in  first  aid. 

Treatment  of  patients  with  severe  burns  requires  morphine, 
bandages,  penicillin,  blood,  blood  plasma  and  plasma  substi- 
tutes, salt  and  fluid  replacement  and  special  diets.  But  except 
for  the  bandages,  these  measures  all  will  have  to  be  given  in 
hospitals  or  burn  stations  by  doctors,  nurses  and  other  specially 
trained  personnel.  Some  of  you  may  through  your  local  civil 
defense  organization  be  called  to  take  this  special  training  for 
work  on  a  burn  team.  But  everyone  can  learn  the  simple,  imme- 
diate first  aid  treatment  for  burns,  whether  caused  by  atom 
bombs  or  an  upset  pot  of  boiling  liquid  on  the  kitchen  stove. 

The  first  thing  to  remember  about  a  burn,  no  matter  how 
severe  or  slight,  or  what  the  cause,  is  to  keep  it  from  getting 
infected.  In  other  words,  keep  germs  out,  just  as  you  are  care- 
ful to  keep  germs  out  of  an  open  cut  or  other  wound. 

You  might  think  that  a  burn  would  be  sterile,  all  the  germs 
killed  by  the  heat  that  seared  the  flesh.  Hospital  experience, 
however,  shows  that  this  is  not  the  case.  Patients  arriving  in 
hospitals  for  burn  treatment  almost  always  have  some  infection 
in  the  burn.  Penicillin  and  other  modern  germ-fighting  drugs 
play  a  tremendous  part  today  in  saving  the  victims  of  burns. 
But  these  drugs  are  for  use  by  doctors,  not  first  aiders. 

Your  role  as  a  first  aider  treating  a  burned  patient  is  to 
keep  any  more  germs  from  getting  into  or  onto  the  burn.  If 
you  can  get  the  patient  to  a  doctor,  hospital  or  burn  station 


138  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

quickly,  you  do  not  need  to  put  anything  on  the  burn.  Watch  to 
see  that  clothing  does  not  brush  against  it,  and  that  no  one 
coughs,  sneezes  or  weeps  into  or  onto  the  burn. 

In  case  of  an  atom  bomb  attack,  and  often  in  other  cases 
of  burn  injuries,  it  may  not  be  possible  to  get  the  victim  to 
medical  aid  very  quickly.  In  such  a  case,  put  a  sterile  dressing 
on  the  burn  to  cover  it  and  protect  it  both  from  the  air  and 
from  germs. 


Keep  any  more  germs  from  getting  into  or  onto  the  burn — 

The  sterile  dressing  will  help  ease  the  pain.  Any  covering 
over  a  burn  helps  to  stop  the  pain,  but  do  not  use  just  any 
covering.  At  Hiroshima  people  put  rice  flour,  raw  ground 
potato  and  cucumber  juice  on  burns.  This,  one  burn  authority 
says,  "undoubtedly  accounted  for  the  widespread  subsequent 
infection"  though  these  substances  apparently  did  relieve  pain. 

If  you  have  not  sterile  dressings  at  hand,  use  the  very 
cleanest  cloth  you  have.  Ironing  the  cloth  or  heating  it  in  an 
oven  will  make  it  more  nearly  sterile  and  germ-free.  Be  care- 


TREATMENT  OF  BURNS 


139 


ful  when  you  put  the  dressing  on  and  bandage  it  in  place  to 
avoid  touching  the  burn  or  coughing  or  sneezing  near  it. 
Nurses  and  doctors  in  hospitals  wear  face  masks,  you  know, 
when  dressing  a  burn  to  keep  germs  from  their  breath  getting 
into  the  burn. 


Ironing  the  cloth  will  make  it  more  nearly  sterile — 

If  the  first  sterile  dressing  does  not  relieve  the  pain,  put 
another  one  on  top  of  the  first,  without  disturbing  the  first  one. 
The  second  one  very  likely  will  stop  the  pain. 

You  can  reasure  a  burn  victim  who  complains  of  the  pain 
by  telling  him  that  the  painful  burns  are  not  the  serious  ones. 
This  is  because  in  serious  burns,  the  nerve  endings  are  de- 
stroyed and  the  patient  does  not  feel  any  pain.  Do  not,  however, 
tell  this  to  the  burn  victim  if  he  does  not  complain  of  pain. 

Many  people  have  a  tube  or  jar  of  medicated  burn  ointment 
in  the  home  medicine  chest  or  first  aid  kit.  Tannic  acid  was 


140  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

once  widely  used  by  doctors  to  treat  burns  and  ointments 
containing  it  were  widely  sold.  Later,  doctors  found  that  tannic 
acid  was  not  good  medicine  for  burns  and  now  they  do  not 
advise  it.  Some  burn  ointments  have  medicines  in  them  to 
relieve  the  pain.  Most  authorities  now,  however,  advise  that  if 
you  do  use  an  ointment,  you  use  a  bland  petrolatum  ointment 
or  jelly,  such  as  Vaseline  petroleum  jelly. 

If  you  are  giving  first  aid  to  a  burn  victim  who  wants  you  to 
put  an  ointment  on,  you  should  ask  whether  he  is  willing  to 
take  a  chance  on  having  the  germs  in  the  burn  sealed  in  by  the 
ointment.  You  might  point  out  that  use  of  the  ointment  may 
mean  a  longer  stay  in  the  hospital  because  of  the  danger  of 
more  severe  infection.  If  you  can  calm  him  and  relieve  some  of 
his  anxiety,  you  will  do  much  to  relieve  the  pain,  too,  because 
fear  is  a  large  component  of  pain. 

Shock,  the  third  thing  the  first  aider  must  be  prepared  to 
handle  in  burn  cases,  is  a  subject  for  a  lesson  in  itself,  par- 
ticularly since  shock  is  something  to  consider  in  any  major 
injury. 

13.     THE  TREATMENT  OF  SHOCK 

Severe  bleeding,  bad  burns,  broken  bones,  crushing  injuries, 
shell,  bomb  and  bullet  wounds  all  call  for  treatment  of  shock. 
And  because  shock  is  easier  to  prevent  than  to  cure,  first  aiders 
are  taught  to  bring  treatment  immediately  without  waiting  for 
symptoms  of  shock  to  develop. 

The  work  shock  is  used  to  describe  many  different  condi- 
tions, and  some  of  you  may  therefore  be  confused  about  it.  We 
speak  of  a  person  having  a  great  shock  when  he  has  suddenly 
received  bad  news.  Emotional  or  nervous  shock  may  cause 


TREATMENT  OF  SHOCK  141 

fainting.  Fainting  is  in  some  ways  like  the  shock  from  severe 
injury,  but  is  different  in  being  quickly  reversible.  Lowering 
the  patient's  head  usually  revives  him  at  once. 

Electric  shock  is  a  definite  injury  for  which  first  aiders  get 
special  instruction.  A  kind  of  shock  called  chemical  shock  is 
caused  by  poisons,  and  many  persons  have  heard  of  insulin 
shock,  suffered  by  diabetics  who  get  too  big  a  dose  of  insulin. 

The  kind  of  shock  that  comes  with  severe  injuries  is  a  state 
of  collapse  in  which  all  body  functions  are  depressed  due  to 
failure  of  the  circulation.  Severe  shock  is  always  serious  and 
may  be  fatal. 

Besides  the  original  injury,  the  following  factors  may  con- 
tribute to  shock:  pain,  rough  handling,  improper  transporta- 
tion, continued  bleeding,  exposure  to  excessive  heat  or  cold, 
and  fatigue.  The  aged,  the  very  young  and  the  discouraged 
are  apt  to  suffer  more  from  shock.  Remember  these  factors 
when  you  are  giving  first  aid  to  an  injured  person,  so  that  you 
do  not  add  to  the  shock  he  has  already  suffered. 

SYMPTOMS 

Most  common  symptoms  of  shock  are  paleness,  a  cool, 
clammy  skin  and  a  feeling  of  weakness  or  faintness.  Perspira- 
tion on  the  forehead,  around  the  lips  and  on  the  palms  of  the 
hands  is  another  symptom.  A  weak,  sometimes  rapid  pulse, 
nausea  and  vomiting  are  symptoms  of  shock.  The  patient  in 
shock  is  often  indifferent  to  what  is  going  on  around  him  and 
to  questioning.  Unconsciousness  is  also  a  symptom  of  shock. 
These  symptoms  may  not  all  show  in  one  patient.  Usually 
they  develop  gradually  and  the  victim  may  seem  perfectly  all 
right  at  first,  only  to  collapse  later.  Even  a  patient  in  deep 
shock  may  not  show  signs  that  the  first  aider  can  detect. 


142  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

For  these  reasons,  first  aiders  are  taught  that  persons  with 
even  minor  injuries  should  lie  down,  and  that  in  every  case 
of  serious  injury,  shock  should  be  treated.  The  only  possible 
exception  to  this  rule  would  be  in  the  event  of  an  atomic  attack 
or  other  large  scale  disaster  in  which  the  first  aider's  first  job 
after  stopping  severe  bleeding  might  be  to  get  the  injured 
person  out  of  the  hazard  area. 

Loss  of  blood  is  one  cause  of  shock,  so  when  you  stop  the 
bleeding  you  are  also  helping  to  overcome  the  shock,  or  at 
least  to  keep  it  from  getting  worse. 

FIRST  AID  FOR  SHOCK 

First  aid  directions  for  treating  and  preventing  shock  cover 
four  points: 

1.  Position.  Keep  the  patient  lying  down  flat.  If  the  injury 
is  severe,  raise  the  lower  part  of  the  body  a  foot  or  so.  If  a  chest 
injury  makes  it  hard  for  the  patient  to  breathe,  raise  his  head 
and  shoulders  slightly  and  keep  the  legs  flat.  Never  force  an 
injured  person  to  stand  or  walk  except  in  the  unusual  situation 
where  you  may  have  to  get  him  away  from  flames  or  falling 
walls.  Even  then,  it  would  be  better  to  have  him  carried. 

2.  Heat.  The  idea  is  to  keep  the  patient  comfortable  but  not 
too  hot.  The  old  idea  of  applying  heat  to  a  patient  in  shock  has 
been  revised  because  it  is  now  known  that  coldness  of  hands 
and  feet  in  such  cases  is  due  in  part  to  constriction  of  the  blood 
vessels.  This  is  the  body's  way  of  making  up  for  the  deficiency 
in  circulation.  So  you  try  to  conserve  the  body's  heat  without 
adding  too  much  to  it.  The  simplest  method  of  doing  this  is 
to  cover  the  patient  with  blankets,  coats,  newspapers  or  what- 
ever is  at  hand.  Remember  to  put  the  covering  under  as  well 
as  over  him,  to  protect  him  from  the  coolness  and  possible 


HOW  TO  FIGHT  FIRE  143 

dampness  of  the  ground.  In  hot  weather,  a  small  amount  of 
covering  may  be  enough.  You  do  not  want  your  shocked 
patient  sweating.  In  very  cold  weather  you  may  use  hot  water 
bottles  to  keep  his  body  from  losing  heat.  Be  careful  not  to 
burn  him.  He  may  not  feel  the  heat  or  be  able  to  tell  you  it  is 
too  hot,  but  can  nevertheless  get  a  burn  from  too  hot  a  water 
bottle. 

3.  Fluids.  Don't  give  an  unconscious  patient  anything  to 
swallow  and  don't  try  to  pour  fluids  down  his  throat.  But  if 
the  patient  is  conscious  and  can  swallow,  and  is  not  nauseated, 
small  amounts  of  warm  water,  broth,  milk,  tea  or  coffee  may 
be  given.  The  fluids  will  help  keep  him  warm  and  will  help 
replace  the  fluids  he  may  have  lost  in  blood  due  to  the  injury. 
A  cupful  every  half  hour  is  enough.  You  may  need  to  feed  it 
from  a  spoon. 

4.  Other  measures.  Do  not  give  stimulants.  They  have  no 
value  in  the  first  aid  treatment  of  shock.  Avoid  unnecessary 
questioning  and  handling  of  the  patient,  but  care  for  other 
injuries. 

;     14.     HOW  TO  FIGHT  FIRE 

Much  has  been  made  of  the  deadly,  invisible  radiation  pro- 
duced by  an  A-bomb.  The  facts  are  that  only  about  15  per  cent 
of  the  victims  of  the  Hiroshima  bomb  suffered  from  radiation. 
More  than  half  were  burned. 

Military  men  now  look  upon  the  A-bomb  as  a  very  much 
larger  combination  high  explosive  and  fire  bomb.  It  has  that 
extra  added  quality — radiation — but  the  main  damage  it  does 
is  exactly  like  the  damage  done  by  a  block  buster  and  a  string 
of  incendiary  bombs,  multiplied  many  times. 


144 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


The  A-bomb  is  a  very  much  larger  combination  high-explosive  and 
/iire-bomb — 

If  you  are  far  enough  away  from  ground  zero — and  many 
thousands  of  people  will  be  if  and  when  an  A-bomb  falls — 
your  only  immediate  problem  might  be  how  to  save  your  home 
from  burning  down. 

The  ball  of  fire  from  an  A-bomb  explosion  reaches  an  in- 
ternal temperature  of  more  than  1 ,000,000  degrees,  centigrade. 
This  energy  is  liberated  in  the  form  of  thermal  radiation — a 


Beting  behind  a  free  or  wall  may  protect  you  from  the  burns  of 
thermal  radiation — 


HOW  TO  FIGHT  FIRE 


145 


short,  extremely  hot  heat  wave — lasting  only  about  three 
seconds. 

The  brevity  helps.  At  reasonable  distances,  from  ground 
zero,  being  behind  a  tree,  a  wall  or  even  a  thin  layer  of  light 
colored  cloth  protects  you  from  the  burns  caused  by  thermal 
radiation.  Thermal  radiation  may  ignite  many  wood  surfaces, 
but  the  blast  of  wind  caused  by  the  explosion  comes  along  and 
puts  out  most  of  the  fires  started  that  way. 

However,  this  is  not  the  end  of  danger  from  fire.  The  shock 
wave  from  the  bomb,  cutting  gas  mains,  knocking  over  stoves 
and  furnaces,  scattering  fires  from  open  fire  places,  creating 
electrical  short  circuits,  accentuates  all  the  minor  fire  hazards 
of  daily  life.  Lots  of  little  fires  will  break  out. 

The  A-bomb  blast  is  bound  to  knock  out  some  of  your  city's 
fire  equipment.  The  rest  will  not  be  able  to  cover  all  the  small 
fires  that  break  out — they  will  be  busy  with  large  fires  and  with 
rescue  work.  It  will  be  up  to  you  to  prevent  any  fire  that  starts 
in  your  home  from  spreading. 


Each  home  must  be  made  reasonably  fireproof — 


146 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


FIRE  PREVENTION 

It  might  be  a  good  idea  to  look  around  your  home  or  place 
of  business  right  now  with  the  eager  eye  of  a  firebug  looking 
for  a  good  place  to  start  a  fire.  How  is  the  attic?  Piles  of  paper, 
dried  out  clothing  which  will  burst  into  flames?  Do  you  have 
half -full  cans  of  old  paint  stuck  in  a  closet  some-where?  How 
about  containers  of  kerosene  or  gasoline?  Is  your  electric  wir- 
ing strong  and  well  protected?  Do  you  know  where  to  turn  off 
the  pilot  light  in  your  gas  stove  and  how  to  cut  off  the  gas 
supply? 

If  and  when  a  national  emergency  or  an  all-out  war  starts, 
you  will  want  tools  for  immediate  fire  fighting  around  your 
house  or  place  of  business.  These  includes  buckets  of  sand, 
shovels,  axes,  commercial  fire  extinguishers,  stirrup  pumps 
and,  if  you  have  a  lawn,  an  always-connected  garden  hose. 


The  tools  for  fire  fighting  should  be  kept  in  your  house — 
Authorities  divide  on  the  issue  of  the  filled  bathtub.  Every- 
body filling  their  bathtubs  during  and  air  raid  brings  the  pres- 
sure in  the  water  mains  down  and  makes  the  job  of  the  regular 
firemen  that  much  harder.  It  might  mean  the  difference  between 
saving  your  house  and  seeing  it  burn  to  the  ground. 

However,  a  little  water  might  be  a  great  help  if  there  is  a 
small  fire  in  your  home  and  the  water  has  been  cut  off.  The 
best  advice  is — if  you  have  not  filled  your  tub  when  an  air 
raid  alert  sounds,  leave  it  empty.  After  an  alert  and  during  an 


HOW  TO  FIGHT  FIRE 


147 


air  raid,  only  turn  the  water  on  for  essential  reasons  or  if  a  fire 
actually  has  started  in  your  home. 

You  may  well  have  to  fight  a  small  fire  in  your  home  all  by 
yourself  or  with  the  help  of  neighbors.  If,  despite  your  efforts, 
it  begins  to  spread,  it  is  possible  that  the  organized  fire  fighting 
services  of  civil  defense  will  be  able  to  come  to  your  help. 

It  must  be  emphasized  that  whether  they  come  depends  on 
many  factors,  the  least  of  which  is  how  much  you  love  your 
home.  The  most  important  is  the  availability  of  equipment  and 
fire  fighters.  Controlling  the  spread  of  fires  near  or  in  vital  in- 
stallations, preventing  the  many  little  fires  from  becoming  a 
wild  thing  which  would  sweep  over  the  citty  unchecked — that 
will  be  the  job  of  the  firefighters  from  your  city  and  surround- 
ing communities. 

THE  FIRE  DEPARTMENT 

The  fire  department  of  your  city  is,  in  a  sense,  already  a 

civil  defense  organization.  It  defends  your  city  from  disaster. 

^^^^^^^^^_^^^^^M^______^^^^^^^^^I^^^^ 


The  fire  department  is  already  a  civil  defense  organizatio 


148 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


It  is  already  trained  to  perform  rescue,  handle  victims  of  burn- 
ing or  explosions,  protect  dangerous  buildings  and  carry  on 
salvage  and  restoration.  Firemen's  thinking  requires  little  tran- 
sition from  peace  to  war — only  expansion. 

Individuals  fire  companies  know  that,  when  a  fire  in  their 
precinct  gets  too  big  for  them  to  handle,  an  already  functioning 
system  will  bring  them  help  from  neighboring  companies.  This 
system,  greatly  expanded,  both  as  to  men  and  equipment,  will 
be  the  basis  of  our  civil  defense  against  fire  from  the  A-bomb. 

Your  city's  civil  defense  service  will  do  three  things — train 
thousands  of  auxiliary  firemen,  enter  into  mutual  aid  agree- 
ments with  the  fire  departments  of  suurounding  cities  and 
towns,  and  plan  the  city's  physical  defenses  against  fire. 


Volunteer  auxiliaries  will  learn  the  fundamentals  of  their  job — 


HOW  TO  FIGHT  FIRE  149 

Training  programs  have  developed  in  each  state  many  com- 
petent firemen  who  can  serve  as  instructors  to  the  volunteer 
auxiliaries.  In  thousands  of  towns  and  smaller  cities,  the  tra- 
dition of  volunteer  firemen  is  still  alive.  Volunteer  auxiliaries 
are  as  American  of  the  thousands  of  firehalls.  But  the  burden 
of  instruction  of  the  auxiliaries  will  fall  on  the  thousands  of 
regular,  full-time  firemen  in  the  nation's  larger  cities. 

VOLUNTEER  AUXILIARY  FIREMEN 

Volunteer  auxiliaries  ought  to  be  able  to  learn  the  funda- 
mentals of  their  job  in  about  30  hours  of  instruction — perhaps, 
as  suggested  by  the  National  Fire  Protection  Association,  in 
ten  sessions. 

If  you  volunteer  for  the  auxiliaries,  your  first  lesson  will 
probably  be  about  the  tools  with  which  you  work.  How  does 
a  pumper  work?  What  about  the  booster  tank?  How  long  will 
it  supply  one  and  a  half  inch  streams  with  various  sizes  of 
nozzles?  What  do  you  do  with  extinguishers,  axes,  hose,  bars, 
rope  tools,  gas  masks,  lighting  equipment?  Do  you  know  your 
knots?  Many  of  you  will  already  know  some  of  this,  carrying 
this  knowledge  over  from  your  daily  occupations. 

You  will  learn  how  to  take  care  of  fire  hose,  how  it  is  loaded 
into  the  truck,  how  it  is  washed  and  dried  after  use,  and  the 
difference  between  cotton  rubber-lined  hose  and  the  rubber- 
lined  hose  with  rubber  cover. 

How  do  experienced  firemen  get  the  hose  off  the  truck  and 
into  operation  so  quickly?  What  is  the  best  way  of  carrying  a 
hose?  Should  you  lay  the  hose  from  fire  to  hydrant  or  from 
hydrant  to  fire? 

There  are  efficient  ways  to  carry  a  ladder,  safe  and  efficient 
ways  to  set  it  in  a  window  or  against  a  cornice.  You  will  prac- 


150 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


tice  carrying  a  dry  line  up  a  ladder,  making  the  necessary  ties 
to  the  ladder  and  operating  a  stream. 

Finally,  the  principal  features  of  fighting  fires  in  factories, 
dwellings  and  small  stores  will  be  taught  you.  What  is  different 
about  how  you  attack  fires  which  originate  in  basements,  attics, 
partitions  or  chimneys?  What  do  you  do  first,  what  next,  then 
what  and  what  last? 


There  are  efficient  ways  of  handling  fire-fighting  equipment — 

Although  many  fire  departments  are  now  planning  to  train 
at  least  twice  as  many  auxiliaries  as  they  have  regular  firemen 
— that  won't  be  enough.  Large  cities  will  have  to  depend  on 
surrounding  communities — sometimes  as  far  away  as  100 
miles  for  help  in  fighting  fires  started  by  an  A-bomb. 

Most  states  either  have  passed  legislation  or  will  soon  do 
so  giving  cities  the  authority  to  make  mutual  aid  agreements 
with  their  neighbor  cities,  whether  or  not  they  lie  across  a  state 


HOW  TO  FIGHT  FIRE 


151 


border.  Right  now  benefits  to  firemen,  in  many  cases,  stop  at 
a  city's  border.  These  agreements  will  take  care  of  that  situa- 
tion. And  they  will  permit  the  fire  chiefs  of  neighboring  cities 
to  find  out  whether  their  equipment  is  interchangable,  whether 
one  city's  hose  will  fit  into  the  other  city's  hydrants.  Fire  per- 
sonnel will  become  familiar  with  the  layout  and  the  fire  fighting 
methods  of  the  departments  in  nearby  cities. 

Help  will  come  too  from  within  a  city.  In  addition  to  the 
regular,  public  fire  departments,  many  large  factories  have 
their  own  fire  protection  divisions.  For  civil  defense,  these  will 
be  integrated  with  the  regular  and  auxiliary  fire  departments. 

MAKING  A  CITY  FIREPROOF 


Cities  can  be  protected  against  uncontrollable  fires — 
City  planners  are  giving  thought  to  making  cities  fireproof 
at  least  to  how  to  keep  fires  from  spreading  out  of  control 
in  our  cities.  There  are  two  things  to  be  done:  1.  Auxiliary 
water  supplies,  2.  Fire  breaks. 

Of  these,  the  first  will  be  easier.  The  most  probable  kind  of 
A-bomb  burst  over  our  cities  will  probably  not  knock  out  water 
mains.  But  it  will  spring  innumerable  leaks  in  water  pipes. 
Quick  work  with  the  valves  will  be  necessary  to  maintain  the 
vital  pressure  needed  by  our  firefighters.  Good  initial  planning 
will  make  sure  this  quick  work  is  done.  But  this  may  not  be 
enough. 


152 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


Your  city's  fire  department  and  water  works  will  cooperate 
in  finding  out  how  to  tap  nearby  lakes  and  streams,  providing 
auxiliary  pipe  lines  from  these  sources.  They  may  establish 
huge  tanks  in  strategic  areas.  The  firemen  will  learn  how  to  lay 
pipelines  on  the  surface  at  the  greatest  possible  speed  to  replace 
bombed  out  pipes  when  water  is  needed  quickly.  If  necessary 
the  water  works  will  figure  out  ways  of  carrying  impure  water 
from  rivers  and  lakes  in  regular  pipelines  in  an  emergency. 


mmmm. 


Firemen  can  lay  surface  pipes  to  replace  bombed-out  mains — 

Fire  breaks  are  not  good  unless  they  are  wide  enough.  Ex- 
perience in  the  fire-bombed  cities  of  England,  Germany  and 
Japan  showed  that  a  break  had  to  be  100  yards  wide  to  be 
effective.  City  planners  are  figuring  now,  what  buildings 
should  come  down,  how  to  utilize  natural  fire  breaks,  like  wide 
avenues  and  streams. 

It  will  depend,  of  course,  on  how  urgent  each  city  feels  is  its 
situation  whether  or  not  fire  breaks  are  constructed.  Some 
cities  even  now  see  this  as  an  opportunity  of  combining  slum 
clearance  with  greater  safety  for  the  citizens. 

The  A-bomb  is  the  greatest  incendiary  bomb  yet  made.  To 
minimize  the  damage  it  does  by  fire,  every  citizen  will  have  to 
cooperate. 


PREVENTING  SABOTAGE  153 

";      15.     PREVENTING  SABOTAGE      ~~ 
AND  LOOTING 

The  enemy,  if  and  when  he  strikes  in  an  all-out  war  and,  if 
and  when  he  uses  the  A-bomb  on  our  cities,  will  attempt  to 
supplement  the  damage  done  to  our  will  and  ability  to  resist. 
He  will  turn  to  enemies  within  our  gates  for  this  job — for  sub- 
version and  sabotage. 

Our  defenses  against  these  two  dangers  are  much  more  sure 
than  our  defenses  against  the  A-bomb.  For  one  thing,  they  are 
nothing  new.  Governments  and  peoples  have  been  dealing  with 
them  since  the  beginning  of  conflict  between  man  and  man. 

Just  as  in  our  defense  against  the  A-bomb,  there  are  two 
parts  to  defense  against  sabotage  and  subversion,  active  and 
passive.  And  just  as  with  defense  against  the  A-bomb,  there  are 
trained  professionals  to  take  care  of  the  active  side  of  things. 
In  this  case  it  is  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation — aided 
by  the  state,  city  and  county  law  enforcement  agencies. 


The  F.B.I,  rounded  up  suspected  saboteurs  within  hours  of  Pearl 
.Harbor — 


154  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

You  will  remember  that  during  World  War  II  there  was 
hardly  one  case  of  sabotage  worth  a  big  headline — there  were 
few  attempts  made  to  subvert  our  war  effort.  This  was  pri- 
marily because  the  F.B.I,  had  done  a  quiet  but  effective  job 
before  the  war  started  in  putting  the  finger  on  the  boys  who 
were  set  to  cause  trouble.  They  were  rounded  up  within  hours 
after  the  bombs  dropped  on  Pearl  Harbor.  Foreign  employers 
of  these  spies  did  not  get  much  for  their  investment. 

The  F.B.I,  was  first  given  the  job  of  investigating  espionage, 
sabotage,  subversive  activities  and  related  matters  by  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt  in  September,  1939.  Its  effectiveness  was 
demonstrated  in  World  War  II. 

Now,  once  again  faced  with  the  threat  of  war,  the  F.B.I,  is 
once  again  on  the  job.  Some  evidence  of  their  work  has  come 
to  light.  Witnesses  in  the  trial  of  11  top  Communist  leaders 
turned  out  to  be  F.B.I,  agents  who  had  posed  for  years  as 
members  of  the  Communist  party,  who  had  gained  some  of 
the  innermost  secrets  of  that  party. 

But  we  may  bet  on  it  that  the  F.B.I,  was  most  certainly  not 
showing  its  whole  hand  in  these  trials,  that  as  you  read  this 
members  of  the  Communist  party,  whether  underground  or 
overt,  do  not  know  whether  to  trust  their  closest  associates  in 
the  party  for  fear  they  might  really  be  F.B.I,  men.  They  no 
doubt  have  good  reason  for  this  fear. 

The  F.B.I,  has  estimated  that  there  are  54,000  members  of 
the  Communist  party  in  this  country — not  enough  to  fill 
Yankee  Stadium.  It  is  a  reasonable  assumption  that  the  F.B.I. 
knows  where  most  of  them  are  now. 

Yet  the  job  of  keeping  track  of  the  enemies  within  our 
country  is  a  never-ending  one.  The  enemy  is  always  trying  new 
tricks,  using  new  personnel. 


PREVENTING  SABOTAGE  155 


THE  WHITE  HOUSE 

WASHINGTON 


2U, 


DtFORlATION  RELATING  TO  DOMESTIC  ESPIONACE, 
SABOTAGE.  sl/BVitttSIVE  ACTIVITIES  A^3  kEJA'fteD  MA.TTERS 


On  September  6,  1939  and  January  8,  19U3  a  Presi- 
dential Directive  was  Issued  providing  that  the  Federal  Bureau 
of  Investigation  of  the  Department  of  Justice  should  take 
charge  of  Investigative  work  in  matters  relating  to  espionage, 
sabotage,  subversive  activities  and  related  matters*  It  -was 
pointed  out  that  the  investigations  must  be  conducted  in  a 
comprehensive  manner  on  a  National  basis  and  all  information 
carefully  sifted  out  and  correlated  in  order  to  avoid  confusion. 
I  should  like  to  again  call  the  attention  of  all  Enforcement 
Officers,  both  Federal  and  State,  to  the  request  that  they  re- 
port all  Information  in  the  above  enumerated  fields  promptly 
to  the  nearest  Field  Representative  of  the  Federal  Bureau  of 
Investigation,  -which  is  charged  with  the  responsibility  of 
correlating  this  material  and  referring  matters  which  are  under 
the  Jurisdiction  of  any  other  Federal  Agency  with  responsibili- 
ties in  this  field  to  the  appropriate  agency* 

I  suggest  that  all  patriotic  organlzatione  and 
individuals  likewise  report  all  such  Information  relating  to 
espionage,  sabotage  and  subversive  activities  to  the  Federal 
Bureau  of  Investigation  in  this  same  manner* 


156  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

ROLE  OF  THE  CITIZEN 

In  the  past,  much  valuable  help  has  come  to  the  F.B.I,  from 
the  average  law-abiding  American.  Plain  citizens  have  seen 
people  do  things  which  are  wrong  or  which  they  suspect  are 
wrong.  These  citizens  have  gone  to  the  telephone  and  reported 
these  things  to  the  F.B.I.  And  many  times  what  plain  citizens 
have  seen  has  been  a  detail  in  the  information  the  F.B.I,  needs. 

Of  course,  millions  of  us  will  go  through  our  lives  never 
seeing  a  spy  or  a  saboteur  going  about  his  business.  Thousands 
of  us  may,  at  one  time  or  another,  think  we  see  something  like 
that.  Only  hundreds  will  be  right.  It  would  be  foolish  for  all 
of  us  to  see  enemy  agents  lurking  behind  every  tree,  to  become 
frightened  of  our  own  shadows  and  report  them  to  the  F.B.I. 

But  we  are  citizens,  we  might  see  something  which  might  be 
useful  to  the  F.B.I,  and  it  is  our  duty  to  report  what  we  see. 
It  is  also  our  duty  to  know  what  is  useful  to  the  F.B.I,  and 
what  isn't. 

J.  Edgar  Hoover  has  said:  "The  F.B.I,  is  interested  in  re- 
ceiving facts;  we  are  not  interested  in  what  a  person  thinks  but 
in  what  he  does  which  undermines  our  internal  security.  Avoid 
reporting  malicious  gossip  or  idle  rumors." 

In  other  words,  the  F.B.I,  is  not  a  police  state  Gestapo — 
thank  goodness.  It  is  charged  with  the  job  of  investigating  the 
possible  commission  of  certain  specific  crimes  written  into  law 
by  the  people  whom  we  elect.  If  you  think  your  neighbor  has 
"radical"  views — that  is  none  of  your  or  the  F.B.I.'s  business. 
After  all,  it  is  the  difference  in  the  views  of  our  citizens,  from 
the  differences  between  Jefferson  and  Hamilton  to  the  differ- 
ences between  Truman  and  Dewey,  which  have  made  our 
country  strong. 


PREVENTING  SABOTAGE  157 

But  if  you  see  your  neighbor — and  the  views  he  expresses 
might  seem  to  agree  with  yours  completely — commit  an  act 
which  leads  you  to  suspect  that  he  might  be  committing  es- 
pionage, sabotage  or  subversion,  then  report  it  to  the  F.B.I. 

After  that,  forget  about  it.  Mr.  Hoover  also  said:  "Do  not 
circulate  rumors  about  subversive  activities,  or  draw  conclu- 
sions from  information  you  furnish  the  F.B.I.  The  data  you 
possess  might  be  incomplete  or  only  partially  accurate.  By 
drawing  conclusions  based  on  insufficient  evidence  grave  in- 
justices might  result  to  innocent  persons." 

In  other  words,  you  may  be  wrong.  In  our  system,  it  takes 
a  court,  a  trial  and  a  jury  to  say  a  man  is  guilty. 

Mr.  Hoover  went  on  to  say :  "Once  you  have  reported  your 
information  to  the  F.B.I.,  do  not  endeavor  to  make  private  in- 
vestigations. This  can  best  be  done  by  trained  investigators 
who  have  access  to  data  acquired  over  the  years  on  individuals 
engaged  in  subversive  activities.  Hysteria,  witch-hunts  and 
vigilantes  weaken  internal  security.  Investigations  involving 
internal  security  require  care  and  painstaking  effort.  We  all 
can  contribute  to  our  internal  security  by  protecting  the  inno- 
cent as  well  as  by  identifying  the  enemies  within  our  midst. 
In  cases  involving  espionage  it  is  more  important  to  identify 
spies,  their  contacts,  sources  of  information,  and  methods  of 
communications  than  to  make  immediate  arrests." 

That  last  sentence  is  important.  Once  you  know  who  a  spy 
is,  there  are  many  things  you  can  do  with  him  besides  arrest 
him.  A  spy  is  always  only  a  small  part  of  a  network.  If  you 
know  who  he  is,  through  him  you  can  learn  about  the  rest  of 
the  network.  So,  many  times,  spies  are  allowed  to  go  about 
their  business,  seemingly  free,  but  all  the  time  being  much 
more  useful  to  us  than  to  the  enemy. 


158  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

SABOTAGE 

Millions  now  work  in  factories  which  contribute  to  our 
national  defense  and  our  national  well-being.  Millions  more 
will  go  into  factories  if  an  all-out  war  comes.  These  factories 
have  been  guarding  against  sabotage  throughout  their  exis- 
tence. Much  sabotage  has  nothing  to  do  with  enemy  action.  It 
can  come  from  disgruntled  employees,  from  carelessness. 
Enemy  sabotage  is  the  extra  added  attraction  of  war,  but  it  can 
be  handled  in  much  the  same  way  as  peacetime  sabotage.  As  a 
worker  in  a  factory  you  can  keep  your  eyes  open  for  all  kinds 
of  sabotage  and  if  you  see  something  suspicious — report  it  to 
the  authorities.  Do  not  take  direct  action. 

Fouling  up  the  civil  defense  organization  of  a  city  during 
and  after  an  A-bomb  attack  would  be  a  logical  objective  of  any 
enemy.  When  communications  lines  are  set  up,  safeguards  will 
be  provided  against  sabotage  of  vital  messages.  The  best  de- 
fense against  this  kind  of  sabotage  is  to  be  well  trained  in  your 
job.  If  you  are  you  will  know  the  people  you  will  have  to  work 
with.  And  you  will  know  that  you  can  trust  those  people. 

There  may  be  a  danger  to  you  after  an  A-bomb  attack  which 
has  nothing  to  do  with  enemy  action,  but  which,  if  it  occurs, 
will  help  the  enemy.  This  is  looting. 

There  are  always  some  people  who  like  to  take  advantage  of 
disaster  to  other  people.  Sometimes  these  are  only  a  few  in- 
dividuals, sometimes — especially  in  enemy  countries  during 
World  War  II — the  looting  fever  spreads  and  almost  everybody 
begins  to  help  themselves. 

A  city  which  has  suffered  an  A-bomb  attack  will  have  con- 
trols placed  upon  it  similar  to  martial  law.  Your  police  will 
be  helped  in  these  controls  by  thousands  of  auxiliary  police, 


HISTORY  OF  ATOMIC  ENERGY 


159 


trained  in  the  proper  movement  and  restraint  of  people  and 
traffic,  trained  to  take  care  and  protect  the  law-abiding  citizen. 
If  you  see  someone  looting,  report  it  immediately  and,  if  your 
civil  defense  organization  has  been  well  trained,  the  looters 
will  be  taken  care  of. 


\ 


A  city  which  has  suffered  an  A-bomb  attack  will  have  controls  placed 
upon  it  similar  to  martial  law — 

16.     THE  HISTORY  OF  ATOMIC  ENERGY 

The  practical  release  of  atomic  energy  resulting  in  the 
atomic  bomb  was  an  achievement  that  is  considered  equiva- 
lent to  the  discovery  of  fire.  Its  consequences  are  world  shaking, 
affecting  military  strength  and  international  relations,  as  well 
as  giving  mankind  a  new  source  of  power. 

The  atomic  bomb  project  was  the  world's  most  gigantic 
scientific  project,  or  as  President  Truman  said  in  his  1945 
announcement,  "the  greatest  gamble  in  history." 


160  ATOMIC  BOMBING 


The  atomic  bomb  project  was  the  world's  most  gigantic  scientific 
project — 

Historic  dates  in  science's  achievement  of  atomic  power 
have  been  added  to  human  chronology:  January  26,  1939, 
when  American  physicists  learned  of  European  experiments 
showing  that  one  of  the  uranium  isotopes  underwent  fission 
with  release  of  nuclear  energy  when  bombarded  with  slow 
neutrons;  December  2,  1942,  when  the  first  self -maintaining 
nuclear  chain  reaction  was  initiated  in  an  uranium-graphite  pile 
at  Stagg  Field  Stadium,  Chicago;  July  16,  1945,  5:30  a.m., 
when  the  first  atomic  explosion  created  by  man  blasted  the  New 
Mexico  desert;  August  6,  1945,  when  the  atomic  bomb  used  in 
warfare  was  dropped  on  Hiroshima,  Japan;  August  11,  1945, 
when  Nagasaki  was  bombed;  September  23,  1949,  when  Presi- 
dent Truman  announced,  "We  have  evidence  that  within  recent 
weeks  an  atomic  explosion  occurred  in  the  U.S.S.R.";  Janu- 
ary 31,  1950,  when  President  Truman  authorized  continuance 
of  work  on  the  so-called  hydrogen  bomb. 

HISTORY  OF  ATOMIC  ENERGY 

The  story  of  the  release  of  atomic  energy  really  begins 
with  many  discoveries,  experiments  and  theories  in  nuclear 
physics  in  the  1930's,  but  the  immediate  start  of  the  researches 


HISTORY  OF  ATOMIC  ENERGY  161 

which  resulted  so  spectacularly  was  in  January,  1939,  when 
two  Germans,  O.  Hahn  (awarded  the  Nobel  prize  in  1945) 
and  F.  Strassmann  proved  that  an  isotope  of  barium  was  pro- 
duced by  neutron  bombardment  of  uranium.  The  neutron  is  a 
fundamental  particle  of  matter  without  electrical  charge  and 
with  a  mass  about  equal  to  that  of  the  proton  or  nucleus  of  the 
hydrogen  atom.  Two  refugees  from  Germany,  O.  R.  Frisch  and 
Lise  Meitner,  suggested  that  the  absorption  of  a  neutron  by  a 
uranium  nucleus  sometimes  caused  that  nucleus  to  split  into 
approximately  equal  parts  with  the  conversion  of  some  of  the 
mass,  by  Einstein's  1905  formulation  (E=  me2),  into  enor- 
mous quantities  of  energy,  a  process  called  fission.  These  re- 
ports were  brought  to  the  January  26,  1939,  conference  on 
theoretical  physics  at  Washington,  D.  C.,  jointly  sponsored 
by  The  George  Washington  University  and  the  Carnegie  In- 
stitute of  Washington,  with  Niels  Bohr  of  Denmark,  Enrico 
Fermi  and  others  discussing  the  problem.  Experimental  con- 
firmation of  uranium  fission  in  several  laboratories  followed 
and  the  suggested  likelihood  of  emission  of  neutrons  in  the 
process  was  demonstrated.  This  indicated  the  possibility  of  a 
chain  reaction  releasing  energy  explosively,  the  neutrons  pro- 
duced splitting  asunder  other  uranium  atoms  and  producing 
more  neutrons  as  well  as  energy. 

The  world's  common  sources  of  power,  other  than  sun- 
light and  water  power,  are  chemical  reactions,  such  as  the  com- 
bustion of  oil  and  coal.  They  release  energy  as  the  result  of 
rearrangements  in  the  outer  electronic  structures  of  the  atoms. 
This  is  the  same  kind  of  process  that  supplies  energy  to  the 
living  body.  Combustion  is  self -propagating.  A  match  releases 
enough  heat  to  ignite  the  neighboring  fuel,  which  in  turn  re- 
leases more  heat  which  ignites  more  fuel.  Similarly,  nuclear 


162 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


reactions  may  emit  particles  of  the  same  sort  that  initiate  them 
and  they  may  be  sufficient  in  number  to  propagate  the  reac- 
tion in  neighboring  nuclei.  This  is  called  a  chain  reaction,  and 
it  is  this  sort  of  reaction,  accompanied  by  release  of  energy,  that 
occurs  in  the  atomic  bomb. 

By  June,  1940,  just  after  the  fall  of  France,  when  scientists 
voluntarily  restricted  publication  of  papers  on  the  subject  of 
uranium  fission  in  scientific  journals,  it  was  known  that  slow 
neutrons  caused  fission  in  one  isotope,  uranium  235,  but  not 
in  the  other,  uranium  238.  It  was  known  that  the  average  num- 
ber of  neutrons  emitted  per  fission  was  between  one  and  three. 
A  chain  reaction  had  not  been  achieved  but  its  possibility  was 
clear.  It  was  achieved  three  years  later. 


LOO    OR  COAU 

FIRE 


A  chain  reaction  accompanied  by  release  of  energy  occurs  in  the 
atomic  bomb — 

What  happened  after  the  curtain  of  war  secrecy  was  low- 
ered was  not  revealed  until  August  10,  1945,  when  the  War 
Department  released  as  a  part  of  its  atomic  bomb  explanation 
the  now  famous  Smyth  report,  a  semi-technical  report  on  the 
processes  by  which  the  use  of  atomic  energy  for  military  pur- 
poses had  been  achieved.  It  was  written  by  Dr.  H.  D.  Smyth  of 
Princeton  at  the  request  of  Maj.  Gen.  L.  R.  Groves,  U.  S. 
Army,  who  headed  the  "Manhattan  Project,"  as  the  Army 


HISTORY  OF  ATOMIC  ENERGY 


163 


called  the  atomic  bomb  project  during  the  war.  It  is  available 
as  a  government  document  from  the  Superintendent  of  Docu- 
ments, Washington,  D.  C.,  at  35  cents.  Much  of  the  technical 
and  scientific  data  about  the  atomic  bomb  that  can  be  pub- 
lished without  violation  of  security  regulation  are  contained 
in  this  report.  The  atomic  energy  project  during  the  war  cost 
two  billion  dollars. 

FISSION  OF  URANIUM 


An  enormous  isotope  separation  plant  was  erected  at  Oak  Ridge — 
In  order  to  make  the  fission  reaction  in  Uranium  235  self- 
sustaining,  it  was  found  necessary  to  separate  uranium  235 
(less  than  l/2%  in  any  uranium  sample)  from  the  more 
abundant  isotope  uranium  238  (more  than  99%).  The  more 
common  kind  prevents  the  chain  reaction  by  absorbing  neu- 
trons. For  this  purpose  an  enormous  isotope  separation  plant, 


164  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

using  gaseous  diffusion  methods,  was  erected  at  Oak  Ridge, 
Tenn.  Much  of  the  experimental  work  for  the  whole  project 
was  done  there. 

Two  new  elements,  heavier  than  uranium,  both  of  which 
were  "made  to  order"  and  neither  of  which  was  known  to  exist 
in  nature,  played  an  important  part  in  the  atomic  bomb  re- 
searches and  manufacture.  These  were  elements  numbered  93 
and  94  in  the  periodic  table. 

Formation  of  element  94  from  uranium  238  by  neutron 
capture  was  effected  in  the  Radiation  Laboratory  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  California  in  1941.  The  new  element  was  found  to 
undergo  slow  neutron  fission  like  uranium  235.  It  was  named 
plutonium  (Pu). 

Plutonium,  radioactive  but  15  times  as  stable  as  radium, 
was  obtained  from  uranium  238,  element  92  by  way  of  the  in- 
termediate shortlived  element  93,  named  neptunium  (Np) 
discovered  in  1940.  Uranium  238  changes  to  neptunium  and 
neptunium  to  plutonium  by  beta-ray  transformation.  Pluto- 
nium emits  an  alpha  ray  and  slowly  changes  into  U  235. 

Manufacture  of  plutonium  from  U  238  allowed  utilization 
of  the  inert  uranium  isotope  for  atomic  bomb  purposes.  It 
gave  the  advantage  of  sharp  chemical  separation  of  different 
elements  instead  of  the  tedious  diffusion  methods  of  isotope 
separation.  Thus  transmutation,  for  centuries  the  alchemists' 
goal,  became  the  method  of  choice  of  the  group  of  scientists 
who  worked  out  the  chemistry  of  the  atomic  bomb. 

SEPARATING  THE  KINDS  OF  URANIUM 

The  problem  in  purifying  fissionable  material  for  the  bomb 
was  to  separate  the  kinds  of  the  rare  metal  uranium,  which 
have  a  very  slight  difference  in  weight.  To  separate  them  by 


HISTORY  OF  ATOMIC  ENERGY  165 

this  difference  was  slow  and  tedious,  especially  since  the  part 
valuable  for  actual  use  in  the  bomb  makes  up  less  than  one 
part  in  a  hundred  in  any  quantity  of  the  ore. 

Here  the  knowledge  and  skill  of  chemists  who  have  studied 
the  behavior  of  radium  and  other  radioactive  elements  were 
put  to  good  advantage.  It  has  been  found  in  work  with  such 
elements  that  their  weight  and  their  chemical  nature  depend 
on  two  kinds  of  minute  particles  which  make  up  the  hearts 
of  their  atoms. 

The  number  of  one  kind  of  particle,  the  proton,  in  the  atom 
heart  is  responsible  for  the  nature  of  the  element.  One  proton 
makes  hydrogen,  26  protons  make  iron,  92  protons  make  ura- 
nium. The  other  kind  of  particle  in  the  atom  heart  is  the 
neutron.  Uranium  235  has  a  net  result  of  92  protons  and  143 
neutrons,  adding  up  to  235,  according  to  the  chemists'  calcu- 
lations, while  uranium  238  has  three  more  neutrons  than  its 
lighter  isotope. 

These  two  uraniums  had  to  be  separated,  because  only  ura- 
nium 235  would  split  up  the  way  the  scientists  wanted  it  to  for 
use  in  the  atomic  bomb.  Uranium  238  would  not.  By  lucky 
chance,  the  very  property  of  uranium  238  which  made  it  use- 
less for  the  purposes  of  the  bomb  provided  the  clue  which  was 
the  best  solution  of  the  separation  problem. 

The  more  plentiful  form  of  uranium  238  could  be  made  to 
undergo  transformation  into  another  kind  of  element  by  first 
adding  to  the  nucleus  of  its  atom  a  neutron,  to  make  it  so  heavy 
that  it  would  become  unstable,  then  by  allowing  this  heaviest 
uranium  atom  to  shoot  an  electron  out  of  its  structure.  This 
loss  of  electrons  from  the  total  quantity  of  uranium  showed 
itself  as  a  phenomenon  familiar  to  scientists  as  the  beta  ray. 
It  is  the  peculiar  nature  of  radioactive  elements  to  change  into 


166  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

something  else  when  they  emit  beta  rays,  and  that  something 
else  is,  oddly  enough,  not  a  lighter  but  a  heavier  element. 

Accordingly,  when  unstable  uranium  239,  formerly  the 
heaviest  known  element,  emitted  its  beta  ray  it  changed  into  a 
still  heavier  element,  neptunium.  Neptunium  proved  to  be  a 
rather  unstable  element,  and  emitted  a  beta  ray  in  its  turn. 
This  change  in  the  atom  turned  neptunium  into  another  new 
element,  plutonium.  The  names  of  these  three  elements  are 
taken  from  the  three  farthest  planets  of  our  solar  system. 

Plutonium  turned  out  to  be  a  fairly  stable  element,  about 
whose  chemical  properties  enough  was  soon  learned  to  prove 
that  chemical  separation  of  this  new  material  from  its  parent 
uranium  would  be  a  relatively  easy  task.  Plutonium  does  not 
readily  follow  the  pattern  by  which  it  was  formed,  but  even- 
tually makes  the  opposite  transformation  by  which  it  gives  off 
an  alpha  ray  and  turns  into  uranium  235. 

Plutonium  is  the  material  used  in  present  atomic  fission 
bombs.  The  Hiroshima  bomb  was  of  uranium  235. 

Production  of  materials  for  atomic  bombs  was  at  first  plan- 
ned to  be  located  at  Oak  Ridge,  Tenn.  Later  the  plant  for  full 
scale  manufacture  of  plutonium  was  built  at  Hanford,  Wash- 
ington, and  the  bomb  laboratory  was  located  at  Los  Alamos, 
New  Mexico. 

Thorium,  as  well  as  uranium,  is  a  raw  material  for  the 
atomic  age,  since  a  kind  of  uranium  can  be  made  from  thorium, 
a  much  more  abundant  element  than  uranium.  The  importance 
of  thorium  in  atomic  energy  production  and  control  became 
known  when  proposals  for  international  control  were  first 
made  to  the  United  Nations  by  the  United  States. 

Thorium  is  bombarded  with  neutrons  in  a  manner  similar 
to  the  production  of  plutonium  from  non-fissionable  uranium. 


HISTORY  OF  ATOMIC  ENERGY  167 

Nine  atomic  bombs  are  known  to  have  been  exploded,  three 
in  1945,  two  in  1946  at  Bikini,  three  in  1948  at  Eniwetok,  and 
one  in  1949,  if  the  U.S.S.R.  explosion  was  a  bomb. 

Four  elements  heavier  than  plutonium  have  been  created 
by  alpha  particle  bombardment  of  lighter  elements  in  cyclo- 
trons at  the  University  of  California:  95,  americium  (AM); 
96,  curium  (Cm);  97,  berkelium  (Bk);  and  98,  californium 
(Cf).  Thus  atomic  energy  research  has  added  six  elements  to 
the  92  previously  known. 

THE  HYDROGEN   BOMB 

A  superbomb,  the  so-called  hydrogen  bomb,  is  being  worked 
on  in  this  country  and  presumably  also  in  Russia.  It  is  rated  as 
having  the  possibility  of  being  a  thousand  times  as  powerful 
as  the  plutonium  or  fission  atomic  bomb.  This  "fusion"  bomb 
has  not  yet  been  made  and  exploded,  so  far  as  known.  Work 
on  the  hydrogen  bomb  actually  began  during  World  War  II. 
Without  the  fission  bomb,  the  fusion  superbomb  would  not  be 
feasible  since  the  extreme  heat  of  the  fission  bomb  would 
probably  be  used  as  the  trigger  to  begin  the  more  powerful  ex- 
plosion of  the  fusion  bomb. 

Tritium,  which  is  the  triple-weight  isotope  of  hydrogen, 
probably  would  be  the  key  material  in  the  fusion  bomb.  It  is 
made  by  bombardment  of  lithium  metal  with  neutrons  in  an 
atomic  reactor.  Deuterium,  double  weight  or  heavy  hydrogen, 
might  also  react  fast  enough  to  explode. 

Machines  for  the  acceleration  of  high  voltage  particles 
have  played  a  major  role  in  the  discovery  of  atomic  energy  pro- 
cesses, plutonium  having  been  made  first  in  the  cyclotron. 
Largest  of  the  atom  smashing  apparatus  so  far  built  is  the  Uni- 
versity of  California's  184-inch  synchro-cyclotron,  using  the 


168  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

principle  of  frequency  modulation  to  overcome  relativity  ef- 
fects. 

More  than  50  particle  accelerators  are  operating  in  the 
United  States  in  the  range  of  millions  of  electron  volts.  About 
an  equal  number  are  scheduled  for  construction.  Synchro- 
cyclotrons are  operating  at  Columbia  University,  University  of 
Chicago  and  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology  in  the  range  of 
the  University  of  California  1 84-inch  cyclotron  now  in  opera- 
tion. A  synchrotron  is  now  in  operation  at  Berkeley  which  for 
the  first  time  accelerates  electrons  to  energies  of  300,000,000 
electron  volts. 

Since  even  the  largest  present  cyclotron  possesses  barely 
enough  power  to  produce  low-energy  mesons,  the  Atomic 
Energy  Commission  authorized  two  gigantic  accelerators  which 
will  be  in  the  multibillion  electron-volt  range.  Both  are  proton- 
synchrotrons.  One  of  60-foot  diameter  will  be  constructed  at 
Brookhaven  National  Laboratory,  Long  Island,  N.  Y.,  cost- 
ing approximately  $3,000,000,  producing  three  to  five  bil- 
lion electron-volt  protons.  The  other  at  Berkeley  will  be  of 
110-foot  diameter,  yielding  five  to  seven  billion  electron-volt 
protons,  and  will  cost  approximately  $9,000,000. 

About  15  chain-reacting  piles  (nuclear  reactors)  are  known 
to  be  operating  in  the  world,  about  10  of  them  in  the  United 
States.  Canada  and  England,  France  and  presumably  Russia 
are  the  only  locations  of  these  atomic  energy  plants  outside  the 
United  States.  The  large  reactors  at  Hanford,  Wash.,  produce 
plutonium  for  bombs  from  natural  uranium  with  graphite  as 
moderator.  A  smaller  uranium-graphite  reactor  at  Oak  Ridge, 
Tenn.,  is  used  for  research  purposes  and  for  production  of 
radio-active  isotopes.  Argonne  National  Laboratory,  near 
Chicago,  has  both  a  uranium-graphite  and  a  uranium-heavy- 


HISTORY  OF  ATOMIC  ENERGY 


169 


water  reactor,  both  used  for  research.  There  are  reactors  at 
Los  Alamos,  New  Mex.,  used  in  atomic  bomb  research,  one  of 
which  is  essentially  an  atomic  bomb  under  control,  releasing 
its  energy  slowly.  It  uses  plutonium,  produces  fast  neutrons 
and  requires  no  moderator  such  as  graphite  or  heavy-water.  A 
research  reactor  at  Brookhaven  is  in  operation. 


Nuclear  energy  is  likely  to  have  its  first  major  power  application  in 
a  naval  ship — 

Both  radioactive  and  stable  isotopes  (elements  alike  ex- 
cept for  weight)  are  available  as  by-products  of  the  atomic 
energy  program  and  are  being  used  for  research  and  in  medi- 
cine, industry  and  agriculture.  The  98  known  elements  have 
more  than  800  isotopes.  About  a  hundred  radioisotopes  are 
available  from  the  Atomic  Energy  Commission  at  Oak  Ridge, 
Tenn.,  and  more  than  a  hundred  stable  isotopes  are  obtain- 
able from  the  A.E.C.  or  otherwise.  One  important  radioisotope 
is  carbon  14,  with  a  half -life  of  5,100  years,  used  as  a  tracer 
in  investigations  of  photosynthesis,  metabolism,  chemical  trans- 
formations of  carbon  compounds,  etc.  Radiocobalt  60,  radio- 
iodine  131  and  radiophosphorus  32  are  widely  used  in  treat- 
ment of  patients  with  cancerous  diseases  and  in  studying  these 


170  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

diseases.  Many  chemical  compounds  labeled  with  C  14  are 
available. 

Attempts  and  proposals  for  the  international  control  of 
atomic  energy  through  the  United  Nations  have  reached  a  stale- 
mate, with  military  developments  secret  in  all  countries. 

17.     PEACEFUL  USES  OF 
ATOMIC  ENERGY 

There  has  been  great  hope  in  the  world  that  the  peaceful 
uses  of  atomic  energy  would  far  outbalance  the  destructive 
uses  for  war  purposes.  When  it  first  became  apparent  that  the 
energy  of  the  atomic  nucleus  could  be  made  available  prac- 
tically, there  were  many  predictions  that  atomic  energy  plants 
could  revolutionize  our  sources  of  power.  Plentiful  energy  was 
visualized  for  deserts  that  would  make  them  fruitful  and  cap- 
able of  supporting  large  populations.  Areas  of  the  globe  that 
do  not  have  supplies  of  oil  and  coal  would  be  able  to  obtain 
uranium  power  to  supply  their  energy  needs. 

The  world's  preoccupation  with  developing  atomic  energy 
for  war  has  delayed  the  realization  of  these  dreams  of  plenti- 
ful atomic  power.  A  stumbling  block  in  the  application  of 
atomic  energy  for  peaceful  power  purposes  has  been  the  dif- 
ficulty of  control  of  atomic  energy  internationally.  Atomic  re- 
actors in  which  uranium  is  fissioned  with  great  release  of 
energy  could  be  converted  very  speedily  into  atomic  bombs 
by  any  nation  that  would  wish  to  divert  the  uranium  and  the 
plutonium  in  the  great  atomic  "furnaces"  to  weapon  purposes. 

There  should  be  atomic  power  plants  running  now,  to  fulfill 
the  hopeful  predictions  of  five  years  ago  made  just  after  the 
world  knew  that  atomic  bombs  had  been  exploded. 


PEACEFUL  USES 


171 


As  it  is,  after  several  seeming  false  starts,  we  are  probably 
two  to  three  years  away  from  the  successful  operation  of  the 
kind  of  atomic  power  plant  that  might  run  submarines  several 
times  around  the  world  without  refueling. 

Our  atomic  power  bets  are  laid  almost  exclusively  upon  two 
ship  propulsion  reactors,  one  reported  to  be  in  the  advanced 
stages  of  engineering  design  and  the  other  just  begun.  As  an 
auxiliary  to  weapons  development,  there  are  other  projects  of 
the  Atomic  Energy  Commission  which  will  aid  the  eventual 
power  use  of  uranium  at  the  same  time  that  they  help  build 
more  and  better  bombs. 


(3     &' ;    ^l-^c.-^tc^T!Cr^r-^><^^:r>r 


There  has  been  great  hope  that  peaceful  uses  of  atomic  energy 
would  far  out-balance  the  destructive  uses — 

The  military  situation  has  dictated  that  virtually  nothing 
be  done  in  power  development  that  does  not  contribute  to 
our  armed  strength. 

In  the  long  run  successful  application  of  atomic  power  may 
not  come  any  later  due  to  this  emphasis  on  fighting  power. 
The  problems  in  making  a  ship  power  plant  are  those  of  a 
stationary  installation,  with  many  conditions  much  more  dif- 


172  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

ficult.  For  one  thing,  the  cost  factor  is  thrown  overboard,  for  a 
ship  that  does  not  have  to  refuel  is  priceless. 

The  cost  of  building  an  atomic  ship  reactor  for  the  Navy  is 
estimated  as  about  $1,400  per  kilowatt,  which  is  about  ten 
times  as  much  as  a  conventional  coal-burning  power  plant. 

DIFFICULTIES  OF  USE 

Intense  radiation  bombardment  from  the  fissioning  uranium 
or  plutonium  is  the  greatest  difficulty  in  an  atomic  power  plant. 
At  least  six  feet  of  concrete  is  needed  to  shield  the  heat-pro- 
ducing reactor  and  make  it  safe  for  men  and  materials  nearby. 

Ordinary  materials,  such  as  steel  and  other  common  metals 
used  in  power  plants,  do  not  stand  up  under  the  battering  of 
neutrons,  intense  gamma  rays  (X-rays)  and  electrons  (beta 
rays) .  Heat  in  an  atomic  pile  or  reactor,  where  the  fissioning  is 
going  on,  reaches  at  least  a  million  degrees.  No  ordinary  struc- 
tural materials  can  withstand  such  temperatures. 

Almost  everything  battered  by  the  radiations  is  made  so 
radioactive  itself  that  it  becomes  a  source  of  dangerous  radia- 
tions. Transfer  of  heat  from  the  reactor  to  the  engines  involves 
handling  so  much  liquid  or  gaseous  "radium." 

So  far  as  known,  there  must  be  used  relatively  conventional 
methods  of  applying  the  heat  of  atomic  energy  to  practical  en- 
gines. Somehow  the  heat  must  be  brought  to  the  state  of  the 
few  hundreds  of  degrees  of  temperature  range  that  steam  or 
turbo-jet  engines  can  use. 

Production  of  electricity  directly  from  the  neutron  impact  or 
the  fission  reaction  itself  is  not  unthinkable,  but  there  has  been 
no  hint  of  any  progress.  Years  ago  there  were  attempts  at  direct 
electrical  production  from  the  flame  of  ordinary  combustion, 
but  without  any  marked  degree  of  success. 


PEACEFUL  USES  173 

The  experience  in  atomic  reactors  or  piles  has  been  with 
slow  neutrons,  the  energy  range  that  seems  easiest  to  use. 
Faster  moving  neutrons  can  be  used  and  two  of  the  AEC  reac- 
tors are  pioneering  in  this  unknown  field.  A  materials  testing 
reactor  is  designed  for  the  highest  neutron  flux  yet  attempted 
but  it  is  merely  a  step  toward  other  reactors.  The  second  ship 
propulsion  reactor  will  operate  in  the  unexplored  intermediate 
neutron  range.  This  is  important  because  this  intermediate 
range  will  also  allow  the  production  of  more  fissionable  mater- 
ial, breeding  as  it  is  called,  than  is  fed  into  it. 

An  atomic  energy  plant  or  reactor  is  an  atomic  bomb  kept 
under  control.  There  is  always  the  hazard  of  a  run-away  reac- 
tor that  would  explode  as  a  bomb  or  otherwise,  although  the 
safeguards  are  many. 

Any  sale  of  power  stocks  or  postponement  of  power  develop- 
ment plans  anywhere  in  the  world,  in  anticipation  of  practical 
atomic  power,  is  no  more  justified  now  than  it  was  at  the  end 
of  the  war. 

Using  the  world's  precious  fissionable  material  to  boil  water 
or  the  equivalent  for  gross  power  production  may  be  a  very 
wasteful  use  of  our  natural  resources  of  uranium  (and  thorium 
from  which  fissionable  uranium  233  can  be  made). 

Unexpected  new  sources  of  chemical  energy  seem  to  be 
present  in  the  atomic  reactors.  For  instance,  potassium  chloride 
when  irradiated  changes  into  potassium  sulfate,  which  means 
that  not  only  is  chlorine  changed  to  sulfur  but  that  oxygen  is 
added,  which  is  a  real  chemical  surprise.  Such  oxidation  is 
usually  obtained  by  burning  fuel  or  using  electricity.  Such 
changes  in  chemical  compounds  may  open  new  chemical  doors 
and  provide  a  way  to  use  atomic  energy  without  radiation 
dangers. 


174 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 
USE  OF  RADIOACTIVE  ISOTOPES 


The  many  radioactive  isotopes,  also  by-products  of  the 
atomic  reactors,  are  considered  by  many  to  be  as  important  as 
the  atomic  bomb  itself,  because  of  the  discoveries  that  can  be 
made  with  them.  Other  chemical  reactions  of  the  atomic  fur- 
nace may  be  even  more  astonishing. 

As  examples,  the  use  of  just  two  of  the  radioisotopes  may 
more  than  repay  the  world  all  the  time  and  energy  and  money 
that  has  been  spent  on  the  development  of  the  A-bomb  and 
its  by-products.  Radiocobalt  60  is  now  widely  used  in  the 
treatment  of  cancer,  replacing  the  far  more  expensive  radium 
upon  which  medical  science  had  to  rely  a  decade  ago.  More 
than  the  whole  world's  supply  of  radium  can  be  matched  by 
the  radiocobalt  that  can  be  artificially  created  in  an  atomic 
reactor  in  a  very  short  time.  And  this  particular  radioisotope  is 
only  one  of  a  half-dozen  which  are  used  medically  because  of 
their  radiations. 

Radiocarbon  14  is  being  used  extensively  in  research  upon 
life  processes  in  plants  and  animals,  including  the  human  body. 


\  i 


Photosynthesis  is  basic  to  all  of  our  life  here  on  earth — 


THE  HYDROGEN  BOMB  175 

One  of  the  great  research  projects  now  under  way  is  an  inves- 
tigation of  a  mechanism  and  method  of  photosynthesis,  the 
process  by  which  plants  capture  the  sunshine  and  turn  into 
materials  containing  available  energy.  This  process  of  photo- 
synthesis is  basic  to  all  of  our  life  here  on  earth,  because  it 
makes  it  possible  for  the  fields  and  forests  to  capture  a  small 
percentage  of  the  sun's  energy  and  store  it  up  in  food,  wood 
and  other  substances.  Even  the  oil  and  the  coal  and  the  peat 
of  past  ages  owes  its  existence  to  the  photosynthesis  process. 
Now  the  factory  can  not  do  what  the  green  leaf  does  in  cap- 
turing the  sun's  energy.  But  researches  in  progress  promise  to 
produce  a  practical  method  of  understanding  photosynthesis 
and  adapting  it  to  "factory"  use.  When  this  is  done,  the  peace- 
ful results  of  this  achievement  will  far  outdistance  the  release 
of  atomic  energy  by  the  fission  process,  and  a  new  era  of 
plentiful  energy  should  begin  if  mankind  can  prevent  the  con- 
tinuing destruction  of  war. 

1&     THE  HYDROGEN   BOMB- CAN 
,     .Jf,  ,  IT  BE  MADE? 

A  thousand  times  or  more  powerful  than  the  A-bomb  is 
the  H-bomb,  the  hydrogen  or  fusion  bomb. 

If  it  can  be  made,  you  can  just  go  through  this  book  multi- 
plying by  1000,  or  100,  or  10  most  of  the  effects  discussed  to 
make  them  apply  to  the  H  or  superbomb. 

The  major  question  about  the  hydrogen  bomb  is:  Can  it 
be  made  and  will  it  explode  as  expected? 

You  may  be  confident  that  the  hydrogen  bomb  is  in  about 
the  same  state  that  the  uranium  bomb  was  about  1943  or  1944, 
a  year  or  two  before  the  first  atomic  explosion.  Scientists 


176  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

think  it  can  be  done  and  the  Atomic  Energy  Commission  is 
working  on  it.  Undoubtedly  the  U.S.S.R.  is  working  on  it,  too, 
and  may  even  get  there  first. 

The  hydrogen  bomb  has  not  been  made  or  exploded.  That 
is  a  matter  for  the  future. 

The  hydrogen  or  superbomb  reaction  is  different  from  that 
of  the  atomic  or  A-bomb  made  of  fissionable  materials,  ura- 
nium or  plutonium.  The  energy  comes  from  the  changing  of 
matter  into  energy,  as  Einstein  computed,  but  the  lightest 
elements  known  are  involved  in  the  "fusion"  process  of  the 
superbomb. 

The  size  of  the  fission  or  A-bomb  is  limited  by  the  circum- 
stance that  if  too  much  of  the  fissionable  metals — uranium 
235  or  233  or  plutonium — are  brought  together  they  will  ex- 
plode because  the  neutrons  from  their  exploding  atoms  will 
start  and  maintain  a  chain  reaction.  This  critical  mass  is  some- 
where between  2.2  and  220  pounds,  exactly  what  is  secret. 
The  A-bomb  is  set  off  by  bringing  together  suddenly  two  pieces 
of  less  than  critical  mass  which  together  will  be  more  than  the 
amount  that  would  start  the  explosion. 

Instead  of  being  self -starting,  the  superbomb  needs  the  high- 
temperature  "trigger"  of  a  fission  bomb  to  get  it  going.  It  is 
safe  to  bring  large  amounts  of  the  raw  material  of  the  super- 
bomb together — it  can  weigh  a  ton  or  more.  Its  size  is  limited 
only  by  the  amount  of  hydrogen  "fuel"  that  can  be  "set  fire" 
in  the  few  billionths  of  a  second  of  the  explosion  of  the  "ig- 
niting" A-bomb.  The  high  temperature  necessary  to  set  off  the 
superbomb  can  be  provided  by  the  tens  of  billions  of  degrees 
Centigrade  of  the  A-bomb  explosion. 

The  speed  with  which  the  hydrogen  atoms  can  react  under 
such  heat  determines  what  will  make  the  superbomb. 


THE  HYDROGEN  BOMB  177 

Certainly  the  ordinary  kind  of  single-weight  hydrogen  will 
not  do,  for  it  takes  far,  far  too  long.  Computations  show  that 
such  reactions,  which  keep  the  sun  stoked  with  energy,  extend 
over  billions  of  years.  Billionths  of  a  second  are  more  like  what 
is  necessary  in  the  fusion  superbomb. 


The  H-bomb  is  7000  times  more  powerful  than  the  A-bomb — 

KINDS  OF  HYDROGEN 

It  is  just  as  well  that  there  are  three  kinds  of  hydrogen.  The 
commonest  is  the  ordinary  sort  in  the  waters  of  the  earth.  Its 
heart  or  nucleus  consists  of  one  proton.  Then  there  is  heavy 
hydrogen,  or  deuterium,  which  was  discovered  here  in  America 
in  1931,  which  is  naturally  present  as  l/4500th  of  hydrogen  in 


178  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

nature.  This  is  hydrogen  2,  with  a  nucleus  of  one  proton  and 
one  neutron,  which  as  a  particle  is  called  a  deuteron.  Then 
there  is  tritium,  the  third  kind  of  hydrogen,  "heavy,  heavy 
hydrogen,"  which  has  a  nucleus  of  one  proton  and  two  neu- 
trons, called  a  triton.  A  team  of  British  physicists  first  made  it 
in  1934  by  atomic  bombardment  of  deuterons  with  deuterons. 
It  may  be  produced  by  neutron  bombardment  of  lithium  in  an 
atomic  reactor  such  as  those  at  Hanford.  It  is  still  a  very  rare 
element,  non-existent  now  in  nature  since  it  is  radioactive  and 
half  of  it  disappears  every  12  years.  Yet  this  a  prime  stuff  of 
the  superbomb  to  be. 

THE  THEORY  OF  THE  SUPERBOMB 

What  happens  in  the  superbomb  is  that  hydrogen  is  turned 
into  helium.  This  is  what  happens,  so  far  as  an  end  result  is 
concerned,  in  the  atomic  process  that  keeps  the  sun  stoked. 
The  transformation  in  the  superbomb  is  different  and  direct. 
It  is  almost  instantaneous  and  it  will  happen  only  when  the 
hydrogen  is  concentrated  and  "ignited"  by  A-bomb  heat. 

It  seems  most  likely  that  either  a  reaction  of  deuterium 
with  tritium,  or  tritium  with  tritium,  will  be  the  reaction  of 
choice.  Deuterium  combined  with  tritium  gives  a  helium  atom 
and  a  neutron,  while  two  tritons  coming  together  produce  the 
helium  atom  (alpha  particle)  and  two  neutrons. 

The  heavier  hydrogens  are  expensive,  although  the  AEC 
price  tags  upon  them  now  are  not  fair  values  of  their  cost  in 
the  superbomb  production.  (For  research  purposes  it  is  possible 
to  buy  from  the  A.E.C.  five  cubic  centimeters  of  50%  tritium 
gas  at  a  cost  of  $1,315  which  figures  out  to  something  like  the 
fantastic  figure  of  a  quarter  of  a  billion  dollars  per  pound.) 
Deuterium  can  be  concentrated  out  of  ordinary  water,  but  tri- 


THE  HYDROGEN  BOMB  179 

tium  must  be  made  with  the  use  of  fissionable  material,  com- 
peting for  neutrons  with  the  production  of  plutonium  which  is 
the  principal  job  of  the  big  atomic  reactors  at  Hanford,  Wash. 
Tritium  is  made  by  neutron  bombardment  of  the  very  light 
metal  lithium,  much  the  same  way  that  plutonium  is  made  by 
bombardment  of  uranium  238  by  neutrons  from  the  controlled 
fissioning  of  uranium  or  plutonium. 


~7 
Tritium  is  sold  by  the  A.E.C.  for  research  purposes — 

The  heavier  kinds  of  hydrogen  would  be  put  into  the  super- 
bomb in  as  concentrated  form  as  possible,  which  means  that 
they  must  be  under  very  great  pressure  or  very  cold  or  both. 
Or  they  may  be  used  as  solid  compounds — this  is  speculation 
but  the  uranium  of  the  trigger  bomb  might  be  combined  with 
the  heavy  hydrogens  to  form  a  solid. 

The  problems  in  making  the  superbomb  seem  very  much 
more  complex  than  the  making  of  the  original  uranium  bomb 
must  have  been.  Of  course,  we  know  now  that  the  fission 
(uranium  or  plutonium)  bomb  will  go  off.  We  are  not  so  sure 
that  the  superbomb  will  explode  the  way  that  we  expect  it. 
What  has  been  done  is  so  much  simpler  than  what  has  never 
been  done. 

Except  for  the  fear  that  others  will  do  it  first  and  use  it 
against  us,  it  would  be  foolish  to  try  to  make  the  hydrogen 
bomb.  Even  the  making  and  stockpiling  of  tritium  is  a  bad 


180  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

business  as  we  shall  lose  half  of  our  supply  every  12  years,  due 
to  its  radioactive  disintegration. 

Some  scientists  argue  very  strongly  that  we  should  not 
try  to  make  the  superbomb.  Certainly  it  has  no  industrial  or 
peacetime  uses  that  can  be  foreseen  now.  Its  reaction  is  just 
too  big,  sudden  and  powerful.  There  seems  to  be  no  way  you 
can  use  the  reaction  in  a  power  plant. 

If  it  works,  it  is  devastation  beyond  man's  most  hellish 
dreams. 

19.     CAN   A-BOMBING    BE   PREVENTED? 

To  prevent  A-bombs  from  falling  by  persuading  those  who 
have  them  not  to  explode  them  will  be  the  most  effective  A- 
bomb  protection.  Several  factors  in  the  world  situation  may 
prevent  A-bombs  from  being  exploded. 

First  of  all,  if  there  were  no  conflict  between  nations  there 
would  be  no  wars  and  no  possibility  of  A-bombings.  Even  if 
there  is  war  on  a  large  or  a  small  scale,  both  the  Soviets  and 
the  United  States  may  refrain  from  using  A-bombs.  The  United 
States,  as  a  national  policy,  will  use  A-bombs  only  as  a  retalia- 
tion in  the  future.  It  will  not  start  an  atomic  war. 

The  Soviets,  if  they  have  the  A-bomb  perfected  and  ready 
for  military  use,  probably  do  not  have  as  large  stocks  as  the 
United  States  and  the  threat  of  retaliation  by  the  United  States 
may  deter  Russian  A-bomb  attacks. 

The  best  protection  of  our  civilian  population  would  be 
the  avoidance  of  war.  Whether  we  have  war  depends  not  alone 
upon  ourselves  and  our  leaders,  diplomatic  and  military.  The 
decision  to  make  war  upon  us  lies  largely  in  the  hands  of  our 
enemies. 


PREVENTING  A-BOMBING 


181 


We  can  do  something  to  persuade  our  rivals  in  a  divided 
world  that  they  can  exist  safely  without  waging  war.  That  is  the 
prime  purpose  of  the  cold  war,  our  international  negotiations, 
our  fight  for  peace  within  the  United  Nations,  our  Voice  of 
America,  psychological  push  for  peace. 

Part  of  the  difficulty  of  any  conflict,  whether  it  is  between 
individuals,  groups  of  peoples  or  nations  lies  in  the  conceptions 
and  misconceptions  of  the  people  involved.  We  do  not  like 


B 


7o  prevent  A-bombs  from  falling  by  persuading  those  who  have 
them  not  to  explode  them  will  be  the  most  effective  A-bomb  pro- 
tection— 


182  ATOMIC  BOMBING 

other  people  because  we  do  not  know  them,  and  we  do  not  un- 
derstand them.  They  think  differently  from  the  way  we  do — at 
least  they  have  had  different  childhood  experiences,  different 
schooling,  different  training,  different  living  conditions,  dif- 
ferent food,  different  language,  different  clothes  from  us. 

Superficially,  at  least,  they  are  quite  different.  Fundamental- 
ly, the  scientists  tell  us  various  peoples  do  not  differ  from  other 
peoples  much  more  than  individuals  in  our  own  community 
differ  from  other  individuals. 

We  live  reasonably  well  at  peace  with  other  people  in  our 
nation  who  have  different  economic  ideas,  different  political 
affiliations,  different  religions,  different  racial  origins,  different 
skin  color  and  even  different  language  and  dialects.  We  have 
solved  the  problem  of  not  warring  among  ourselves. 

If  atomic  energy  is  to  be  used  for  the  peaceful  progress  of  the 
world,  and  not  its  destruction,  we  must  transfer  to  the  world 
at  large  the  success  that  we  have  had  in  bringing  peace  to  our 
half  of  the  world.  There  still  may  be  time  to  accomplish  this 
before  inflamed  emotions  and  mental  aberrations,  both  in  high 
places  and  among  the  peoples  themselves,  trigger  a  world  ex- 
plosion. 

Everyone  can  understand  both  the  possibility  and  the  dif- 
ficulty of  not  fighting. 

Our  good  neighbors,  our  civic  labor  and  industrial  leaders, 
our  politicians,  our  religious  leaders  and  our  psychiatrists  help 
us  keep  ourselves  and  our  community  at  peace.  The  world 
needs  the  same  effective  treatment  if  it  is  to  cure  itself  without 
a  purge  of  blood. 


A  SIMPLE  SHELTER 


183 


Plan  and  Sections  for  a  Simple  Shelter. 


184 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


GALV.  IRON 
ROOFING 


.  lV/2  SLAT 
SEPARATORS 


REMOVABLE  COVER  DETAIL 
OF  OUTSIDE  FILLING  DOOR 


l"* if  CLEATS  I-B"O.C 
BRACED  AT  TOP 


SECTION   A-A  SECTION  THROUGH 

THROUGH  BINS  VENTILATOR 

Details  of  a  Simple  Shelter. 


INDEX 


A-bomb;  (see  also  Explosion) : 

after-effects,  19-23,  68 

delivery  of,  50,  55,  57-58 

destruction  from,  11-18 

effects  of,  4-23 

"nominal,"  10 
Air  burst,  16-18,66 
Air  raid  shelters,  34-35,  183-184 
Alpha  particles,  8,  63-64,  167,  178 
Areas  of  destruction,  12-18 
Atomic  energy: 

history  of,  159-170 

peaceful  uses,  170-175 

Beta  particles,  8,  64,  69,  165-166 
Blast,  15,  16 
Bleeding,  see  First  Aid 
Buildings: 

construction  of  new,  1 13 

damage  to,  7,  11-14 
Burns,  see  First  Aid 

Civil  defense,  23-50 

check-list   for  emergency   plan, 
45-49 

city  director,  43-44 

community  director,  43-44 

federal  director,  40-41 

national,  39-41 

regional  director,  41-43 

volunteer  jobs,  28-30 

what  you  can  do,  23-37 
Communications,  47 

keeping  open,  26,  100-102 
Construction  of  new  buildings,  113 
Contamination  (see  also  Decontam- 
ination): 

of  food  and  water,  94-95 
Control  station,  central,  108-110 


Decontamination,  34,  83-95 

methods,  87-95 

reducing,  at  home,  89-9 1 
Defense,  see  Civil  and  Military  De- 
fense 
Detectors,  radiation,  70,  74-83 

Explosion: 

air  burst,  16-18,  66 

areas  of  destruction,  12-18,  116- 

120 

described,  4-7 
explained,  7-1 1 
fire,  7,  36 
heat,  6,  8,  16,  17,  144-145,  172, 

176 

pressure,  6,  7,  10,  12,  16 
underground,  15-16,  67-68 
underwater,  15-16,  67-68 

Fear,  controling,  98-100 

Federal   Bureau   of   Investigation, 

154-157 
Fire,  7,  36 

how  to  fight,  143-152 

prevention,  146-152 
Fire  department,  36, 147-151 

volunteer  aid,  36,  149-151 
First  aid;  114-143 

areas  of  expected  injuries,  116- 
120 

bleeding,  serious,  123-125 

burns,  treatment  of,  127-140 

medical,  114-120 

radiation  sickness,  121-123 

shock,  treatment  for,  140-143 

tourniquets,  126-127 

training  in,  32-33 

treatment,  120-127 


185 


186 


ATOMIC  BOMBING 


Gamma  rays,  8,  18,  64-65,  69,  71, 

106,  172 
Ground  zero,  6 

Home: 

defense  within  the,  37 
fire  prevention,  146-147 
how  to  make  safer,  111-113 
reducing  contamination,  89-91 
Hospital  workers,  voluntary  corps, 

35 

Hydrogen  bomb,  70-72,  167,  175- 
180 

Information,  public,   29-30,    100- 

102 

International  control,  170,  180-182 
Isotopes,   72-74,    163,    164,    167, 

169,  174-175 

Looting,  158-159 
Military  defense,  50-59 

Neutrons,  8,  18,  65-66,  71,  72,  94, 
162,  163,164,165,  166,  169, 
172,  173,  176,  178,  179 

Organizing  against  attack,  37-50 

Panic,  23,  82,  95-103 
Police,  36,  158-159 

volunteer  aid,  36,  158-159 
Protection,  103-114 

home,  making  safer,  11-113 
Protons,  165,  168,  177,  178 

Radiation,  10,  16,  68-83,  121,  172 
alpha  particles,  63-64 
background,  60 
beta  particles,  8,  64,  69 
detectors,  74-83 
dosage,  85-87 


Radiation  (cont.) 
explained,  60-63 
gamma  rays,  8,  18,  64-65,  69, 

71,  106 
initial,  63-66 
neutrons,  8,  18,  65-66,  71,  72, 

94 

nuclear,  7,  18,  62 
photons,  62 
residual,  7, 16,  20,  62-63,  66-68, 

78,86 
thermal,  8 
types  of,  8,  59-68 
Radiation  sickness,  18-19,  121-123 
Radioactivity  ( see  also  Radiation ) , 

85-86,  172,  180 
detectors,  70 
induced,  66 
materials  sown  from  plane,  21, 

68 

poisoning,  68-74,  85 
Radiological  warfare,  21-22,  68-71 
Refugees,  31,  34 
Rescue  workers,  32-34 

Sabotage,  preventing,  153-158 

role  of  citizen,  156-158 
Shelters: 

air  raid,  34-35 

building  a  small  shelter,  37,  106- 
108,  183-184 

plans  for  a  small,  183-184 
Shock,  see  First  Aid 
Shock  wave,  10,  14,  15,  145 
Skin  burns,  16 

Utilities,  damage  to,  13-14 
Volunteer  jobs,  28-36 

Warden,  job  of,  30-31 
Weapons,  new,  53-55 


PICTORIAL  HISTORY 
OF  THE  WAR 

Your  completed  set  includes  striking  photos 
of  our  victorious  G.I.'s  in  Berlin,  Paris, 
Rome  and  Tokyo.  See  the  historic  conferences 
at  Yalta,  San  Francisco,  Potsdam;  the  havoc 
wrought  by  Atomic  Bombs;  scenes  in  every 
war  area ! 

•  Yank    "Hell    on    Wheels"    Army    racing 
through    Germany!    Liberation    of    American 
war  prisoners! 

•  Actual     photos     of     Parachute     invasion 
troops  floating  from  the  skies— and  in  action! 

•  Blitzkrieg  of  Poland.   France,   Norway! 

•  Berlin  in  ruins  after  bomber  blows! 

•  Rout  of  Jap  fleets  in  battles  of  Coral  Sea, 
Midway,    Philippines,   Jap   Inland   Sea!   AND 
EVER  SO  MUCH  MORE! 

Examine  Both  Books  FREE! 

We  originally  planned  to  sell  this  "PICTO- 
RIAL HISTORY"  as  a  4-volume  set,  one 
volume  for  each  year  of  the  war,  and  to  price 
the  set  at  $22.00.  By  combining  the  full  con- 
tents of  these  4  volumes  into  2  great  books 
and  making  other  economies,  we  are  able  to 
offer  you  this  expensive  illustrated  set  at  the 
bargain  price  of  only  $3.98  per  book  plus 
postage  —  if  you  decide  to  keep  them  after 
FREE  TRIAL! 

MAIL  THIS  FREE-TRIAL  COUPON! 

WM.  H.  WISE  &  CO.,  INC. 

50  W.  47th  St.,  N.  Y.  19,  N.  Y. 

Send  me  4-Volume  Set  of  "PICTORIAL 
HISTORY"  bound  as  2  books.  After  7 
days'  FREE  trial,  I  will  either  return 
them  promptly  and  owe  nothing;  or  keep 
them  and  send  only  $1  then  and  only  $1 
a  month  until  low  price  of  only  $7.96  plus 
postage  is  paid. 

SAVE  CHARGES  ON  6  LB.  SHIPMENT  — 

Mail  only  $7.96  with  this  coupon  as  full 
payment  and  we  will  stand  all  shipping 
charges.  Refund  guaranteed. 


MR. 

MRS 

MISS        (Print  plainly  in  block  letters) 

122 
AB 
ADDRESS 

CITY  & 

ZONE  NO STATE 

D    Check  here  if  you  prefer  real  Morocco 
Grained   Artcraft   binding.    Only   $1 
extra  per  book.  Same  terms. 

Hundreds  and  hundreds  of  amazing  photos 
are  now  being  incorporated  into  an  excit- 
ing 3rd  Volume,  companion  to  2-Volume 
Set  described  above.  It  will  be  ready  at 
$3.98  on  same  terms.  Reserve  your  i — I 
copy  now!  Just  initial  this  box I — I 


SfC 

Atomic  Bombs' 

Avenge  Pearl  Harbor! 

In  your  completed  set 
you  will  see  Jap  cities 
utterly  devastated. 
See  also  scenes 
of  final  Jap 
surrender. 


READY  NOW! 

memorial 
Gfdmon 

Humbly  dedicated 
to  the  heroes 
of  the  war. 


PICTORIAL  HISTORY  «/&  WAR 

4  Volumes  Bound  in  2— at  a  Sensational  Saving! 


Now  You  May  Have  This  Historical  Picture 
Record  of  the  War  for  Lifetime  Reference 


HERE'S  a  living  record  of  every 
ing     our    years—  n 


phase  of  World  War  II  dur- 
four    ears—  in    hundreds   of 


astounding  camera  photographs, 
portrayed  so  vividly  that  the  war 
appears  to  be  re-enacted  before 
your  very  eyes! 

Valiant  cameramen  gave  their 
lives  in  the  making  of  this  as* 
tounding  photographic  record! 
Miraculous  action  shots  were  made 
in  the  heat  of  battle  —  in  the  face 


of  withering  barrages  on  every 
fighting  front  —  on  every  ocean  — 
in  the  skies  —  in  every  major  land, 
sea  and  aerial  engagement 
throughout  the  Globe!  Many  of 
these  pictures  are  as  large  as 
10"  x  14" !  Many  scenes  are  re- 
vealed for  the  first  time!  Truly, 
the  most  graphic  record  ever  made 
of  any  war  in  history— in  these 
great  books  that  will  thrill  you 
for  a  lifetime! 


Gripping;  Thrilling!  Unbelievable! 


600,000 
Sets  Sold 


Thousands   Write   Unsolicited 

Praise: 

"An  unbelievable  collection.  I 
would  not  sell  these  pictures  for 
several  times  the  cost,  unless  I 
could  definitely  get  another  set." 

Mayor     Orville     L.     Hubbard, 
Dearborn,  Mich. 

"The  finest  book  of  pictures  of 
war  I  have  ever  seen."—  N.  K., 
Turtle  Creek,  Pa. 
"A  great  hit.  Several  of  my 
buddies  are  planning  to  order 
themselves  a  set."— Gpl.  H.  M., 
Fort  Bragg,  N.  C. 


Use  Free-Trial  Coupon 
•<HK  on  Inside  Flap 


VERY  American  wants  this 
pictorial  record  of  our  Armed 
Forces  in  action  .  .  .  making  their 
courageous  stand  with  MacArthur 
on  Bataan  and  Corregidor— storm- 
ing the  beaches  of  the  Pacific- 
blasting  Zeros  and  Messerschmitts 
from  the  skies  —  sinking  battle- 
ships —  making  bloody  invasion 
landings  on  many  distant  shores 
of  the  globe. 

In  these  extaordinary  volumes 
...  in  accurate,  intimate,  reveal- 
ing pictures,  you  relive  with  our* 
boys  their  trials  and  triumphs. 
See  them  in  action  from  the  broil- 
ing sands  of  Africa  to  the  foxholes 
of  the  Marianas— from  the  jungles 
of  Burma  to  the  Arctic  wastes  of 
the  Aleutians  —  from  repeated 
routs  of  the  Japanese  fleet  to  the 
obliteration  bombings  of  Ger- 
many! 

See  the  indomitable  G.  I.  Joes 
advancing  victory  upon  victory, 


the  brilliant  British  campaign 
across  Africa,  the  guerilla  fighting 
in  France,  Yugoslavia,  Greece. 
China!  See  with  your  own  eyes 
the  complete  picture  panorama  of 
the  war  as  captured  by  the  lenses 
of  courageous  American,  British. 
Russian,  French,  and  German  and 
Italian  cameramen. 

This  "PICTORIAL  HISTORY 
OF  THE  SECOND  WORLD 
WAR"  is  unequalled  for  its  scope, 
authenticity,  and  power  to  hold 
you  enthralled.  The  whole  story 
of  the  war  passes  before  you  in 
pictures,  chronologically  arranged 
with  captions  that  tell  the  com- 
plete soul-stirring  drama. 

In  these  books,  you  will  possess 
what  will  undoubtedly  become 'a 
most  sought  after  and  highly 
prized  historical  item  for  genera 
tions  to  come.  Every  veteran,  as 
well  as  families  of  veterans,  will 
want  to  own  this  great  record.